]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Rename "default rule" to "default reduction".
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual (@value{UPDATED}) is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version
34 @value{VERSION}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free
38 Software Foundation, Inc.
39
40 @quotation
41 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
42 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
43 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
44 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
45 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
46 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
47 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
48
49 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
50 modify this @acronym{GNU} manual. Buying copies from the @acronym{FSF}
51 supports it in developing @acronym{GNU} and promoting software
52 freedom.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Software development
57 @direntry
58 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
59 @end direntry
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title Bison
63 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
64 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
65
66 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
67
68 @page
69 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
70 @insertcopying
71 @sp 2
72 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
73 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
74 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
75 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
76 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
77 @sp 2
78 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
79 @end titlepage
80
81 @contents
82
83 @ifnottex
84 @node Top
85 @top Bison
86 @insertcopying
87 @end ifnottex
88
89 @menu
90 * Introduction::
91 * Conditions::
92 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
93 how you can copy and share Bison.
94
95 Tutorial sections:
96 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
97 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
98
99 Reference sections:
100 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
101 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
102 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
103 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
104 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
105 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
106 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
107 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
108 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
109 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
110 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
111 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
112 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
113 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
114
115 @detailmenu
116 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
117
118 The Concepts of Bison
119
120 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
121 as mathematical ideas.
122 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
123 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
124 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
125 the name of an identifier, etc.).
126 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
127 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
128 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
129 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
130 how is the output used?
131 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
132 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
133
134 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
135
136 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
137 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
138 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
139 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
140
141 Examples
142
143 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
144 a first example with no operator precedence.
145 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
146 Operator precedence is introduced.
147 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
148 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
149 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
150 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
151 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
152
153 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
154
155 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
156 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
157 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
158 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
159 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
160 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
161 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
162
163 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
164
165 * Rpcalc Input::
166 * Rpcalc Line::
167 * Rpcalc Expr::
168
169 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
170
171 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
172 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
173 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
174
175 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
176
177 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
178 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
179 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
180
181 Bison Grammar Files
182
183 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
184 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
185 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
186 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
187 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
188 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
189 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
190 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
191
192 Outline of a Bison Grammar
193
194 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
195 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
196 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
197 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
198 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
199
200 Defining Language Semantics
201
202 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
203 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
204 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
205 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
206 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
207 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
208 action in the middle of a rule.
209
210 Tracking Locations
211
212 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
213 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
214 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
215
216 Bison Declarations
217
218 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
219 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
220 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
221 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
222 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
223 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
224 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
225 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
226 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
227 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
228 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
229 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
230
231 Parser C-Language Interface
232
233 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
234 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
235 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
236 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
237 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
238 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
239 which reads tokens.
240 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
241 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
242 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
243 native language.
244
245 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
246
247 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
248 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
249 of the token it has read.
250 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
251 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
252 actions want that.
253 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
254 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
255
256 The Bison Parser Algorithm
257
258 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
259 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
260 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
261 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
262 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
263 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
264 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
265 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
266 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
267
268 Operator Precedence
269
270 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
271 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
272 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
273 * How Precedence:: How they work.
274
275 Handling Context Dependencies
276
277 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
278 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
279 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
280 error recovery rules must be written.
281
282 Debugging Your Parser
283
284 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
285 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
286
287 Invoking Bison
288
289 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
290 in alphabetical order by short options.
291 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
292 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
293
294 Parsers Written In Other Languages
295
296 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
297 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
298
299 C++ Parsers
300
301 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
302 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
303 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
304 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
305 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
306 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
307
308 A Complete C++ Example
309
310 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
311 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
312 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
313 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
314 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
315
316 Java Parsers
317
318 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
319 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
320 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
321 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
322 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
323 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
324 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
325 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
326
327 Frequently Asked Questions
328
329 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
330 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
331 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
332 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
333 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
334 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
335 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
336 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
337 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
338 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
339 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
340 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
341
342 Copying This Manual
343
344 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
345
346 @end detailmenu
347 @end menu
348
349 @node Introduction
350 @unnumbered Introduction
351 @cindex introduction
352
353 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
354 annotated context-free grammar into a deterministic or @acronym{GLR}
355 parser employing @acronym{LALR}(1), @acronym{IELR}(1), or canonical
356 @acronym{LR}(1) parser tables.
357 Once you are proficient with Bison, you can use it to develop a wide
358 range of language parsers, from those used in simple desk calculators to
359 complex programming languages.
360
361 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
362 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
363 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
364 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
365
366 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
367 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
368 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
369 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
370
371 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
372 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
373 multi-character string literals and other features.
374
375 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
376
377 @node Conditions
378 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
379
380 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
381 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
382 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
383 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
384 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
385
386 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
387 compiler, have never
388 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
389 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
390 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
391 License to all of the Bison source code.
392
393 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
394 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
395 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
396 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
397 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
398 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
399 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
400
401 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
402 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
403 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
404 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
405 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
406 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
407
408 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
409 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
410 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
411 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
412 exception.
413
414 @node Copying
415 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
416 @include gpl-3.0.texi
417
418 @node Concepts
419 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
420
421 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
422 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
423 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
424
425 @menu
426 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
427 as mathematical ideas.
428 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
429 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
430 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
431 the name of an identifier, etc.).
432 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
433 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
434 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
435 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
436 how is the output used?
437 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
438 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
439 @end menu
440
441 @node Language and Grammar
442 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
443
444 @cindex context-free grammar
445 @cindex grammar, context-free
446 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
447 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
448 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
449 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
450 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
451 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
452 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
453 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
454 recursion.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
457 @cindex Backus-Naur form
458 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
459 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
460 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
461 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
462 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
463
464 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
465 @cindex @acronym{IELR}(1) grammars
466 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
467 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammars.
468 Although it can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is
469 optimized for what are called @acronym{LR}(1) grammars.
470 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to tell how to parse
471 any portion of an input string with just a single token of lookahead.
472 For historical reasons, Bison by default is limited by the additional
473 restrictions of @acronym{LALR}(1), which is hard to explain simply.
474 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
475 more information on this.
476 To escape these additional restrictions, you can request
477 @acronym{IELR}(1) or canonical @acronym{LR}(1) parser tables.
478 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}, to learn how.
479
480 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
481 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
482 @cindex ambiguous grammars
483 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
484
485 Parsers for @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
486 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
487 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
488 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
489 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
490 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
491 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
492 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
493 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
494 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
495 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
496 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
497 possible parses of any given string is finite.
498
499 @cindex symbols (abstract)
500 @cindex token
501 @cindex syntactic grouping
502 @cindex grouping, syntactic
503 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
504 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
505 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
506 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
507 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
508 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
509 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
510
511 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
512 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
513 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
514 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
515 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
516 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
517 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
518 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
519 lexicography, not grammar.)
520
521 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
522
523 @ifinfo
524 @example
525 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
526 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
527 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
528 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
529 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
530 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
531 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
532 @end example
533 @end ifinfo
534 @ifnotinfo
535 @example
536 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
537 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
538 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
539 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
540 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
541 @end example
542 @end ifnotinfo
543
544 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
545 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
546 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
547 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
548 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
549 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
550 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
551 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
552
553 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
554 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
555 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
556 reads informally as follows:
557
558 @quotation
559 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
560 `semicolon'.
561 @end quotation
562
563 @noindent
564 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
565 statement in C.
566
567 @cindex start symbol
568 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
569 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
570 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
571 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
572 plays this role.
573
574 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
575 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
576 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
577 not the start symbol.
578
579 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
580 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
581 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
582 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
583 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
584 reports a syntax error.
585
586 @node Grammar in Bison
587 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
588 @cindex Bison grammar
589 @cindex grammar, Bison
590 @cindex formal grammar
591
592 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
593 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
594 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
595
596 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
597 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
598 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
599
600 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
601 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
602 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
603 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
604 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
605 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
606 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
607 @xref{Symbols}.
608
609 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
610 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
611 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
612 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
613
614 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
615 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
616
617 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
618 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
619 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
620 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
621 used in every rule.
622
623 @example
624 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
625 ;
626 @end example
627
628 @noindent
629 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
630
631 @node Semantic Values
632 @section Semantic Values
633 @cindex semantic value
634 @cindex value, semantic
635
636 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
637 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
638 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
639 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
640 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
641 grammatical.
642
643 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
644 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
645 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
646 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
647 ,Defining Language Semantics},
648 for details.
649
650 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
651 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
652 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
653 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
654 except their types.
655
656 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
657 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
658 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
659 need to have any semantic value.)
660
661 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
662 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
663 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
664 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
665 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
666 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
667
668 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
669 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
670 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
671 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
672 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
673
674 @node Semantic Actions
675 @section Semantic Actions
676 @cindex semantic actions
677 @cindex actions, semantic
678
679 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
680 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
681 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
682 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
683 @xref{Actions}.
684
685 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
686 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
687 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
688 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
689 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
690 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
691 newly recognized larger expression.
692
693 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
694 two subexpressions:
695
696 @example
697 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
698 ;
699 @end example
700
701 @noindent
702 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
703 from the values of the two subexpressions.
704
705 @node GLR Parsers
706 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
707 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
708 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
709 @findex %glr-parser
710 @cindex conflicts
711 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
712 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
713
714 In some grammars, Bison's deterministic
715 @acronym{LR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
716 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
717 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
718 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
719 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
720 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
721 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
722 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
723
724 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LR}(1), a
725 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
726 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
727 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
728 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
729 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
730 declarations) identically to deterministic parsers. However, when
731 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
732 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
733 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
734 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
735 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
736 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
737 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
738 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
739 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
740 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
741 identical set of symbols.
742
743 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
744 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
745 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
746 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
747 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
748 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
749 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
750 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
751 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
752 merged result.
753
754 @menu
755 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
756 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
757 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
758 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
759 @end menu
760
761 @node Simple GLR Parsers
762 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
763 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
764 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
765 @findex %glr-parser
766 @findex %expect-rr
767 @cindex conflicts
768 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
769 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
770
771 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
772 to parse grammars that are unambiguous but fail to be @acronym{LR}(1).
773 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead.
774
775 Consider a problem that
776 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
777 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
778
779 @example
780 type subrange = lo .. hi;
781 type enum = (a, b, c);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 The original language standard allows only numeric
786 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
787 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
788 10206) and many other
789 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
790 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
791 parentheses:
792
793 @example
794 type subrange = (a) .. b;
795 @end example
796
797 @noindent
798 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
799 type with only one value:
800
801 @example
802 type enum = (a);
803 @end example
804
805 @noindent
806 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
807 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
808
809 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
810 With normal @acronym{LR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
811 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
812 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
813 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
814 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
815 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
816 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
817
818 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
819 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
820 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
821 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
822 expressions.
823
824 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
825 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
826 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
827 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
828 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
829 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
830 work.
831
832 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
833 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
834 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
835 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
836 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
837 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
838 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
839 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
840 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
841 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
842 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
843
844 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
845 reports a syntax error as usual.
846
847 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
848 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
849 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LR}(1) algorithm actually allows
850 for. In this example, @acronym{LR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
851 that are not @acronym{LR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
852
853 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
854 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
855 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
856 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
857 The present example contains only one conflict between two
858 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
859 cannot be nested. So the number of
860 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
861 and the parsing time is still linear.
862
863 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
864 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
865
866 @example
867 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
868
869 @group
870 %left '+' '-'
871 %left '*' '/'
872 @end group
873
874 %%
875
876 @group
877 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
878 ;
879 @end group
880
881 @group
882 type : '(' id_list ')'
883 | expr DOTDOT expr
884 ;
885 @end group
886
887 @group
888 id_list : ID
889 | id_list ',' ID
890 ;
891 @end group
892
893 @group
894 expr : '(' expr ')'
895 | expr '+' expr
896 | expr '-' expr
897 | expr '*' expr
898 | expr '/' expr
899 | ID
900 ;
901 @end group
902 @end example
903
904 When used as a normal @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
905 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
906 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
907 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
908 recognized:
909
910 @example
911 type t = (a) .. b;
912 @end example
913
914 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
915 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
916 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
917 @samp{%%}):
918
919 @example
920 %glr-parser
921 %expect-rr 1
922 @end example
923
924 @noindent
925 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
926 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
927 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
928 notice when the parser splits.
929
930 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
931 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
932 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
933 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
934 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
935 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
936 @acronym{LR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
937 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
938 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
939 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
940 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
941 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
942 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
943 correctness.
944
945 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
946 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
947 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
948 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
949 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
950 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
951
952 @node Merging GLR Parses
953 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
954 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
955 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
956 @findex %dprec
957 @findex %merge
958 @cindex conflicts
959 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
960
961 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
962
963 @example
964 %@{
965 #include <stdio.h>
966 #define YYSTYPE char const *
967 int yylex (void);
968 void yyerror (char const *);
969 %@}
970
971 %token TYPENAME ID
972
973 %right '='
974 %left '+'
975
976 %glr-parser
977
978 %%
979
980 prog :
981 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
982 ;
983
984 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
985 | decl %dprec 2
986 ;
987
988 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
989 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
990 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
991 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
992 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
993 ;
994
995 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
996 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
997 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
998 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
999 ;
1000
1001 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
1002 | '(' declarator ')'
1003 ;
1004 @end example
1005
1006 @noindent
1007 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
1008 certain declarations and statements. For example,
1009
1010 @example
1011 T (x) = y+z;
1012 @end example
1013
1014 @noindent
1015 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1016 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1017 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1018 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1019 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1020 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1021 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1022 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1023 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1024 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1025 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1026 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1027 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1028 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1029
1030 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1031 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1032 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1033 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1034 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1035 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1036 The parser therefore prints
1037
1038 @example
1039 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1040 @end example
1041
1042 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1043 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1044
1045 @example
1046 T (x) + y;
1047 @end example
1048
1049 @noindent
1050 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1051 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1052 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1053 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1054 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1055 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1056 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1057 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1058 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1059 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1060
1061 @example
1062 x T <cast> y +
1063 @end example
1064
1065 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1066 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1067 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1068 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1069 follows:
1070
1071 @example
1072 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1073 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1074 ;
1075 @end example
1076
1077 @noindent
1078 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1079
1080 @example
1081 static YYSTYPE
1082 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1083 @{
1084 printf ("<OR> ");
1085 return "";
1086 @}
1087 @end example
1088
1089 @noindent
1090 with an accompanying forward declaration
1091 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1092
1093 @example
1094 %@{
1095 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1096 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1097 %@}
1098 @end example
1099
1100 @noindent
1101 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1102 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1103
1104 @example
1105 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1106 @end example
1107
1108 Bison requires that all of the
1109 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1110 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1111 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1112 the offending merge.
1113
1114 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1115 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1116
1117 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1118 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1119 the associated reduction.
1120 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1121 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1122
1123 @vindex yychar
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1125 @vindex yylval
1126 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1127 @vindex yylloc
1128 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1129 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1130 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1131 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1132 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1133 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1134 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1135 influence syntax analysis.
1136 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1137
1138 @findex yyclearin
1139 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1140 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1141 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1142 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1143 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1144 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1145 future versions of Bison.
1146 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1147 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1148 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1149
1150 @findex YYERROR
1151 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1152 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1153 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1154 initiate error recovery.
1155 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1156 the same as its effect in a deterministic parser.
1157 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1158 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1159
1160 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1161 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1162
1163 @node Compiler Requirements
1164 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1165 @cindex @code{inline}
1166 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1167
1168 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1169 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1170 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1171 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1172 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1173 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1174
1175 @example
1176 %@{
1177 #include <config.h>
1178 %@}
1179 @end example
1180
1181 @noindent
1182 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1183
1184 @example
1185 %@{
1186 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1187 #define inline
1188 #endif
1189 %@}
1190 @end example
1191
1192 @node Locations Overview
1193 @section Locations
1194 @cindex location
1195 @cindex textual location
1196 @cindex location, textual
1197
1198 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1199 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1200 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1201 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1202
1203 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1204 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1205 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1206 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1207
1208 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1209 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1210 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1211 @code{@@3}.
1212
1213 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1214 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1215 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1216 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1217 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1218 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1219 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1220
1221 @node Bison Parser
1222 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1223 @cindex Bison parser
1224 @cindex Bison utility
1225 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1226 @cindex parser
1227
1228 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1229 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1230 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1231 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1232 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1233 program.
1234
1235 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1236 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1237 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1238 uses.
1239
1240 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1241 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1242 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1243 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1244 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1245 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1246 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1247
1248 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1249 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1250 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1251 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1252 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1253 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1254 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1255 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1256
1257 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1258 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1259 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1260 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1261 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1262 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1263 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1264 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1265 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1266 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1267 meanings.
1268
1269 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1270 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1271 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1272 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1273 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1274 included if message translation is in use
1275 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1276 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1277 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1278
1279 @node Stages
1280 @section Stages in Using Bison
1281 @cindex stages in using Bison
1282 @cindex using Bison
1283
1284 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1285 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1286
1287 @enumerate
1288 @item
1289 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1290 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1291 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1292 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1293 sequence of C statements.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1297 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1298 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1299 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1300
1301 @item
1302 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1303
1304 @item
1305 Write error-reporting routines.
1306 @end enumerate
1307
1308 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1309 must follow these steps:
1310
1311 @enumerate
1312 @item
1313 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1314
1315 @item
1316 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1317
1318 @item
1319 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1320 @end enumerate
1321
1322 @node Grammar Layout
1323 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1324 @cindex grammar file
1325 @cindex file format
1326 @cindex format of grammar file
1327 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1328
1329 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1330 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1331
1332 @example
1333 %@{
1334 @var{Prologue}
1335 %@}
1336
1337 @var{Bison declarations}
1338
1339 %%
1340 @var{Grammar rules}
1341 %%
1342 @var{Epilogue}
1343 @end example
1344
1345 @noindent
1346 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1347 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1348
1349 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1350 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1351 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1352 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1353 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1354 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1355
1356 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1357 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1358 semantic values of various symbols.
1359
1360 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1361 parts.
1362
1363 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1364 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1365 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1366
1367 @node Examples
1368 @chapter Examples
1369 @cindex simple examples
1370 @cindex examples, simple
1371
1372 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1373 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1374 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1375 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1376 desk-top calculator.
1377
1378 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1379 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1380 source file to try them.
1381
1382 @menu
1383 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1384 a first example with no operator precedence.
1385 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1386 Operator precedence is introduced.
1387 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1388 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1389 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1390 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1391 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1392 @end menu
1393
1394 @node RPN Calc
1395 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1396 @cindex reverse polish notation
1397 @cindex polish notation calculator
1398 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1399 @cindex calculator, simple
1400
1401 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1402 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1403 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1404 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1405
1406 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1407 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1408
1409 @menu
1410 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1411 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1412 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1413 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
1414 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
1415 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
1416 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
1417 @end menu
1418
1419 @node Rpcalc Declarations
1420 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1421
1422 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1423 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1424
1425 @example
1426 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1427
1428 %@{
1429 #define YYSTYPE double
1430 #include <math.h>
1431 int yylex (void);
1432 void yyerror (char const *);
1433 %@}
1434
1435 %token NUM
1436
1437 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1438 @end example
1439
1440 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1441 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1442
1443 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1444 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1445 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1446 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1447 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1448 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1449 which is a floating point number.
1450
1451 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1452 function @code{pow}.
1453
1454 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1455 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1456 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1457 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1458 prologue.
1459
1460 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1461 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1462 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1463 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1464 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1465 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1466 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1467 type for numeric constants.
1468
1469 @node Rpcalc Rules
1470 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1471
1472 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1473
1474 @example
1475 input: /* empty */
1476 | input line
1477 ;
1478
1479 line: '\n'
1480 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1481 ;
1482
1483 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1484 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1485 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1486 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1487 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1488 /* Exponentiation */
1489 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1490 /* Unary minus */
1491 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1492 ;
1493 %%
1494 @end example
1495
1496 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1497 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1498 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1499 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1500 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1501 mean.
1502
1503 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1504 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1505 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1506
1507 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1508 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1509 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1510 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1511 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1512 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1513
1514 @menu
1515 * Rpcalc Input::
1516 * Rpcalc Line::
1517 * Rpcalc Expr::
1518 @end menu
1519
1520 @node Rpcalc Input
1521 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1522
1523 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1524
1525 @example
1526 input: /* empty */
1527 | input line
1528 ;
1529 @end example
1530
1531 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1532 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1533 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1534 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1535 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1536
1537 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1538 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1539 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1540 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1541 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1542 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1543
1544 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1545 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1546 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1547 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1548 more times.
1549
1550 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1551 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1552 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1553
1554 @node Rpcalc Line
1555 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1556
1557 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1558
1559 @example
1560 line: '\n'
1561 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1562 ;
1563 @end example
1564
1565 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1566 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1567 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1568 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1569 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1570 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1571 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1572
1573 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1574 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1575 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1576 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1577 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1578
1579 @node Rpcalc Expr
1580 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1581
1582 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1583 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1584 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1585 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1586
1587 @example
1588 exp: NUM
1589 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1590 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1591 @dots{}
1592 ;
1593 @end example
1594
1595 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1596 equally well have written them separately:
1597
1598 @example
1599 exp: NUM ;
1600 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1601 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1602 @dots{}
1603 @end example
1604
1605 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1606 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1607 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1608 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1609 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1610 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1611 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1612 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1613
1614 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1615 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1616 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1617
1618 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1619 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1620 For example, this:
1621
1622 @example
1623 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1624 @end example
1625
1626 @noindent
1627 means the same thing as this:
1628
1629 @example
1630 exp: NUM
1631 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1632 | @dots{}
1633 ;
1634 @end example
1635
1636 @noindent
1637 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1638
1639 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1640 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1641 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1642 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1643
1644 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1645 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1646 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1647 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1648
1649 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1650 calculator. This
1651 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1652 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1653 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1654 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1655
1656 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1657 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1658 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1659 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1660 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1661 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1662 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1663 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1664 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1665
1666 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1667 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1668 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1669 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Declarations,
1670 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1671
1672 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1673 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1674
1675 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1676
1677 @example
1678 @group
1679 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1680 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1681 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1682 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1683
1684 #include <ctype.h>
1685 @end group
1686
1687 @group
1688 int
1689 yylex (void)
1690 @{
1691 int c;
1692
1693 /* Skip white space. */
1694 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1695 ;
1696 @end group
1697 @group
1698 /* Process numbers. */
1699 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1700 @{
1701 ungetc (c, stdin);
1702 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1703 return NUM;
1704 @}
1705 @end group
1706 @group
1707 /* Return end-of-input. */
1708 if (c == EOF)
1709 return 0;
1710 /* Return a single char. */
1711 return c;
1712 @}
1713 @end group
1714 @end example
1715
1716 @node Rpcalc Main
1717 @subsection The Controlling Function
1718 @cindex controlling function
1719 @cindex main function in simple example
1720
1721 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1722 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1723 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 int
1728 main (void)
1729 @{
1730 return yyparse ();
1731 @}
1732 @end group
1733 @end example
1734
1735 @node Rpcalc Error
1736 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1737 @cindex error reporting routine
1738
1739 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1740 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1741 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1742 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1743 here is the definition we will use:
1744
1745 @example
1746 @group
1747 #include <stdio.h>
1748
1749 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1750 void
1751 yyerror (char const *s)
1752 @{
1753 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1754 @}
1755 @end group
1756 @end example
1757
1758 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1759 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1760 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1761 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1762 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1763 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1764
1765 @node Rpcalc Generate
1766 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1767 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1768
1769 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1770 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1771 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1772 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1773 end, in the epilogue of the file
1774 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1775
1776 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1777 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1778
1779 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1780 convert it into a parser file:
1781
1782 @example
1783 bison @var{file}.y
1784 @end example
1785
1786 @noindent
1787 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1788 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1789 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1790 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1791 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1792 are copied verbatim to the output.
1793
1794 @node Rpcalc Compile
1795 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1796 @cindex compiling the parser
1797
1798 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1799
1800 @example
1801 @group
1802 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1803 $ @kbd{ls}
1804 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1805 @end group
1806
1807 @group
1808 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1809 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1810 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1811 @end group
1812
1813 @group
1814 # @r{List files again.}
1815 $ @kbd{ls}
1816 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1817 @end group
1818 @end example
1819
1820 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1821 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1822
1823 @example
1824 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1825 @kbd{4 9 +}
1826 13
1827 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1828 -13
1829 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1830 13
1831 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1832 -3.166666667
1833 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1834 81
1835 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1836 $
1837 @end example
1838
1839 @node Infix Calc
1840 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1841 @cindex infix notation calculator
1842 @cindex @code{calc}
1843 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1844
1845 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1846 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1847 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1848 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1849
1850 @example
1851 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1852
1853 %@{
1854 #define YYSTYPE double
1855 #include <math.h>
1856 #include <stdio.h>
1857 int yylex (void);
1858 void yyerror (char const *);
1859 %@}
1860
1861 /* Bison declarations. */
1862 %token NUM
1863 %left '-' '+'
1864 %left '*' '/'
1865 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1866 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1867
1868 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1869 input: /* empty */
1870 | input line
1871 ;
1872
1873 line: '\n'
1874 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1875 ;
1876
1877 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1878 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1879 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1880 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1881 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1882 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1883 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1884 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1885 ;
1886 %%
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @noindent
1890 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1891 same as before.
1892
1893 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1894
1895 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1896 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1897 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1898 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1899 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1900 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1901 the associativity.)
1902
1903 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1904 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1905 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1906 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1907 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1908 Precedence}.
1909
1910 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1911 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1912 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1913 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1914 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1915
1916 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1917
1918 @need 500
1919 @example
1920 $ @kbd{calc}
1921 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1922 6.880952381
1923 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1924 -54
1925 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1926 9
1927 @end example
1928
1929 @node Simple Error Recovery
1930 @section Simple Error Recovery
1931 @cindex error recovery, simple
1932
1933 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1934 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1935 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1936 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1937 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1938 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1939
1940 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1941 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1942 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1943
1944 @example
1945 @group
1946 line: '\n'
1947 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1948 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1949 ;
1950 @end group
1951 @end example
1952
1953 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1954 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1955 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1956 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1957 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1958 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1959 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1960 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1961 misprint.
1962
1963 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1964 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1965 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1966 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1967 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1968 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1969 Bison programs.
1970
1971 @node Location Tracking Calc
1972 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1973 @cindex location tracking calculator
1974 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1975 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1976
1977 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1978 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1979 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1980 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1981 analyzer.
1982
1983 @menu
1984 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1985 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1986 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1987 @end menu
1988
1989 @node Ltcalc Declarations
1990 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1991
1992 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1993 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1994
1995 @example
1996 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1997
1998 %@{
1999 #define YYSTYPE int
2000 #include <math.h>
2001 int yylex (void);
2002 void yyerror (char const *);
2003 %@}
2004
2005 /* Bison declarations. */
2006 %token NUM
2007
2008 %left '-' '+'
2009 %left '*' '/'
2010 %left NEG
2011 %right '^'
2012
2013 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2014 @end example
2015
2016 @noindent
2017 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2018 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2019 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2020 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2021 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2022 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2023 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2024 start at 1.
2025
2026 @node Ltcalc Rules
2027 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2028
2029 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2030 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2031 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2032 from the new information.
2033
2034 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2035 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2036
2037 @example
2038 @group
2039 input : /* empty */
2040 | input line
2041 ;
2042 @end group
2043
2044 @group
2045 line : '\n'
2046 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2047 ;
2048 @end group
2049
2050 @group
2051 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2052 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2053 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2054 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2055 @end group
2056 @group
2057 | exp '/' exp
2058 @{
2059 if ($3)
2060 $$ = $1 / $3;
2061 else
2062 @{
2063 $$ = 1;
2064 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2065 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2066 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2067 @}
2068 @}
2069 @end group
2070 @group
2071 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2072 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2073 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2074 @end group
2075 @end example
2076
2077 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2078 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2079 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2080
2081 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2082 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2083 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2084 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2085 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2086 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2087 hand.
2088
2089 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2090 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2091
2092 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2093 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2094 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2095 semantic values.
2096
2097 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2098 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2099
2100 @example
2101 @group
2102 int
2103 yylex (void)
2104 @{
2105 int c;
2106 @end group
2107
2108 @group
2109 /* Skip white space. */
2110 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 @end group
2113
2114 @group
2115 /* Step. */
2116 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2117 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2118 @end group
2119
2120 @group
2121 /* Process numbers. */
2122 if (isdigit (c))
2123 @{
2124 yylval = c - '0';
2125 ++yylloc.last_column;
2126 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2127 @{
2128 ++yylloc.last_column;
2129 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2130 @}
2131 ungetc (c, stdin);
2132 return NUM;
2133 @}
2134 @end group
2135
2136 /* Return end-of-input. */
2137 if (c == EOF)
2138 return 0;
2139
2140 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2141 if (c == '\n')
2142 @{
2143 ++yylloc.last_line;
2144 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2145 @}
2146 else
2147 ++yylloc.last_column;
2148 return c;
2149 @}
2150 @end example
2151
2152 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2153 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2154 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2155 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2156
2157 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2158 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2159 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2160 controlling function:
2161
2162 @example
2163 @group
2164 int
2165 main (void)
2166 @{
2167 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2168 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2169 return yyparse ();
2170 @}
2171 @end group
2172 @end example
2173
2174 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2175 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2176 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2177
2178 @node Multi-function Calc
2179 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2180 @cindex multi-function calculator
2181 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2182 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2183
2184 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2185 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2186 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2187 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2188 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2189
2190 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2191 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2192 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2193 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2194 functions whose syntax has this form:
2195
2196 @example
2197 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2198 @end example
2199
2200 @noindent
2201 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2202 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2203 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2204
2205 @example
2206 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2207 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2208 3.1415926536
2209 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2210 0.0000000000
2211 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2212 2.3000000000
2213 @kbd{alpha}
2214 2.3000000000
2215 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2216 0.8329091229
2217 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2218 2.3000000000
2219 $
2220 @end example
2221
2222 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2223
2224 @menu
2225 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2226 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
2227 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
2228 @end menu
2229
2230 @node Mfcalc Declarations
2231 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2232
2233 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2234
2235 @smallexample
2236 @group
2237 %@{
2238 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2239 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2240 int yylex (void);
2241 void yyerror (char const *);
2242 %@}
2243 @end group
2244 @group
2245 %union @{
2246 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2247 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2248 @}
2249 @end group
2250 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2251 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2252 %type <val> exp
2253
2254 @group
2255 %right '='
2256 %left '-' '+'
2257 %left '*' '/'
2258 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2259 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2260 @end group
2261 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2262 @end smallexample
2263
2264 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2265 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2266 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2267
2268 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2269 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2270 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2271 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2272
2273 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2274 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2275 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2276 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2277 between angle brackets).
2278
2279 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2280 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2281 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2282 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2283 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2284 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2285
2286 @node Mfcalc Rules
2287 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2288
2289 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2290 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2291 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2292
2293 @smallexample
2294 @group
2295 input: /* empty */
2296 | input line
2297 ;
2298 @end group
2299
2300 @group
2301 line:
2302 '\n'
2303 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2304 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2305 ;
2306 @end group
2307
2308 @group
2309 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2310 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2311 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2312 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2313 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2314 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2315 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2316 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2317 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2318 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2319 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2320 ;
2321 @end group
2322 /* End of grammar. */
2323 %%
2324 @end smallexample
2325
2326 @node Mfcalc Symbol Table
2327 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2328 @cindex symbol table example
2329
2330 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2331 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2332 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2333 requires some additional C functions for support.
2334
2335 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2336 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2337 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2338
2339 @smallexample
2340 @group
2341 /* Function type. */
2342 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2347 struct symrec
2348 @{
2349 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2350 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2351 union
2352 @{
2353 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2354 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2355 @} value;
2356 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2357 @};
2358 @end group
2359
2360 @group
2361 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2362
2363 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2364 extern symrec *sym_table;
2365
2366 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2367 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2368 @end group
2369 @end smallexample
2370
2371 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2372 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2373 @code{init_table} as well:
2374
2375 @smallexample
2376 #include <stdio.h>
2377
2378 @group
2379 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2380 void
2381 yyerror (char const *s)
2382 @{
2383 printf ("%s\n", s);
2384 @}
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 struct init
2389 @{
2390 char const *fname;
2391 double (*fnct) (double);
2392 @};
2393 @end group
2394
2395 @group
2396 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2397 @{
2398 "sin", sin,
2399 "cos", cos,
2400 "atan", atan,
2401 "ln", log,
2402 "exp", exp,
2403 "sqrt", sqrt,
2404 0, 0
2405 @};
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2410 symrec *sym_table;
2411 @end group
2412
2413 @group
2414 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2415 void
2416 init_table (void)
2417 @{
2418 int i;
2419 symrec *ptr;
2420 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2421 @{
2422 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2423 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2424 @}
2425 @}
2426 @end group
2427
2428 @group
2429 int
2430 main (void)
2431 @{
2432 init_table ();
2433 return yyparse ();
2434 @}
2435 @end group
2436 @end smallexample
2437
2438 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2439 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2440
2441 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2442 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2443 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2444 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2445 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2446 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2447
2448 @smallexample
2449 symrec *
2450 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2451 @{
2452 symrec *ptr;
2453 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2454 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2455 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2456 ptr->type = sym_type;
2457 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2458 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2459 sym_table = ptr;
2460 return ptr;
2461 @}
2462
2463 symrec *
2464 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2465 @{
2466 symrec *ptr;
2467 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2468 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2469 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2470 return ptr;
2471 return 0;
2472 @}
2473 @end smallexample
2474
2475 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2476 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2477 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2478 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2479
2480 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2481 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2482 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2483 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2484 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2485 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2486
2487 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2488 operators in @code{yylex}.
2489
2490 @smallexample
2491 @group
2492 #include <ctype.h>
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 int
2497 yylex (void)
2498 @{
2499 int c;
2500
2501 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2502 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2503
2504 if (c == EOF)
2505 return 0;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2510 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2511 @{
2512 ungetc (c, stdin);
2513 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2514 return NUM;
2515 @}
2516 @end group
2517
2518 @group
2519 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2520 if (isalpha (c))
2521 @{
2522 symrec *s;
2523 static char *symbuf = 0;
2524 static int length = 0;
2525 int i;
2526 @end group
2527
2528 @group
2529 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2530 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2531 if (length == 0)
2532 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2533
2534 i = 0;
2535 do
2536 @end group
2537 @group
2538 @{
2539 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2540 if (i == length)
2541 @{
2542 length *= 2;
2543 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2544 @}
2545 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2546 symbuf[i++] = c;
2547 /* Get another character. */
2548 c = getchar ();
2549 @}
2550 @end group
2551 @group
2552 while (isalnum (c));
2553
2554 ungetc (c, stdin);
2555 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2556 @end group
2557
2558 @group
2559 s = getsym (symbuf);
2560 if (s == 0)
2561 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2562 yylval.tptr = s;
2563 return s->type;
2564 @}
2565
2566 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2567 return c;
2568 @}
2569 @end group
2570 @end smallexample
2571
2572 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2573 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2574 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2575
2576 @node Exercises
2577 @section Exercises
2578 @cindex exercises
2579
2580 @enumerate
2581 @item
2582 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2583
2584 @item
2585 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2586 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2587 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2588
2589 @item
2590 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2591 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2592 @end enumerate
2593
2594 @node Grammar File
2595 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2596
2597 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2598 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2599
2600 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2601 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2602
2603 @menu
2604 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2605 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2606 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2607 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2608 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2609 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2610 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2611 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2612 @end menu
2613
2614 @node Grammar Outline
2615 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2616
2617 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2618 appropriate delimiters:
2619
2620 @example
2621 %@{
2622 @var{Prologue}
2623 %@}
2624
2625 @var{Bison declarations}
2626
2627 %%
2628 @var{Grammar rules}
2629 %%
2630
2631 @var{Epilogue}
2632 @end example
2633
2634 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2635 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2636 continues until end of line.
2637
2638 @menu
2639 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2640 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2641 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2642 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2643 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2644 @end menu
2645
2646 @node Prologue
2647 @subsection The prologue
2648 @cindex declarations section
2649 @cindex Prologue
2650 @cindex declarations
2651
2652 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2653 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2654 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2655 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2656 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2657 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2658 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2659
2660 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2661 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2662 character constant.
2663
2664 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2665 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2666 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2667 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2668 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2669 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2670 @code{%union} declaration.
2671
2672 @smallexample
2673 %@{
2674 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2675 #include <stdio.h>
2676 #include "ptypes.h"
2677 %@}
2678
2679 %union @{
2680 long int n;
2681 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2682 @}
2683
2684 %@{
2685 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2686 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2687 %@}
2688
2689 @dots{}
2690 @end smallexample
2691
2692 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2693 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2694 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2695 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2696 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2697 @code{#include} directives.
2698
2699 @node Prologue Alternatives
2700 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2701 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2702
2703 @findex %code
2704 @findex %code requires
2705 @findex %code provides
2706 @findex %code top
2707 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2708 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2709 features.)
2710
2711 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2712 inflexible.
2713 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2714 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2715 Bison should generate it.
2716 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2717 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2718 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2719
2720 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 %@{
2724 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2725 #include <stdio.h>
2726 #include "ptypes.h"
2727 %@}
2728
2729 %union @{
2730 long int n;
2731 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2732 @}
2733
2734 %@{
2735 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2736 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2737 %@}
2738
2739 @dots{}
2740 @end smallexample
2741
2742 @noindent
2743 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2744 distinction between their functionality.
2745 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2746 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2747 definition?
2748 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2749 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2750 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2751 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2752 arguments?
2753 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2754 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2755
2756 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2757 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2758 This behavior raises a few questions.
2759 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2760 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2761 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2762 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2763 This behavior is not intuitive.
2764
2765 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2766 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2767 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2768 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2769
2770 @smallexample
2771 %code top @{
2772 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2773 #include <stdio.h>
2774
2775 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2776 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2777
2778 #include "ptypes.h"
2779 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2780 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2781 @{
2782 int first_line;
2783 int first_column;
2784 int last_line;
2785 int last_column;
2786 char *filename;
2787 @} YYLTYPE;
2788 @}
2789
2790 %union @{
2791 long int n;
2792 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2793 @}
2794
2795 %code @{
2796 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2797 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2798 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2799 @}
2800
2801 @dots{}
2802 @end smallexample
2803
2804 @noindent
2805 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2806 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2807 explicit which kind you intend.
2808 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2809
2810 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2811 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2812 parser source code file.
2813 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2814 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2815 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2816 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2817 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2818 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2819 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2820
2821 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2822 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2823 definitions.
2824 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2825
2826 @smallexample
2827 %code top @{
2828 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2829 #include <stdio.h>
2830 @}
2831
2832 %code requires @{
2833 #include "ptypes.h"
2834 @}
2835 %union @{
2836 long int n;
2837 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2838 @}
2839
2840 %code requires @{
2841 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2842 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2843 @{
2844 int first_line;
2845 int first_column;
2846 int last_line;
2847 int last_column;
2848 char *filename;
2849 @} YYLTYPE;
2850 @}
2851
2852 %code @{
2853 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2854 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2855 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2856 @}
2857
2858 @dots{}
2859 @end smallexample
2860
2861 @noindent
2862 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2863 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2864 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2865 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2866 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2867
2868 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2869 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2870 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2871 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2872 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2873 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2874 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2875 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2876 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2877 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2878 alternatives.
2879
2880 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2881 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2882 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2883 header file and the parser source code file.
2884 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2885 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2886 @code{%code requires}.
2887 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2888 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2889 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2890 @code{%code provides}:
2891
2892 @smallexample
2893 %code top @{
2894 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2895 #include <stdio.h>
2896 @}
2897
2898 %code requires @{
2899 #include "ptypes.h"
2900 @}
2901 %union @{
2902 long int n;
2903 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2904 @}
2905
2906 %code requires @{
2907 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2908 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2909 @{
2910 int first_line;
2911 int first_column;
2912 int last_line;
2913 int last_column;
2914 char *filename;
2915 @} YYLTYPE;
2916 @}
2917
2918 %code provides @{
2919 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2920 @}
2921
2922 %code @{
2923 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2924 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2925 @}
2926
2927 @dots{}
2928 @end smallexample
2929
2930 @noindent
2931 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2932 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2933 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2934
2935 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2936 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2937 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2938 @code{%code}.
2939 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2940 this order, Bison does not require it.
2941 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2942
2943 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2944 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2945 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2946 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2947
2948 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2949 organize your grammar file.
2950 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2951 type:
2952
2953 @smallexample
2954 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2955 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2956 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2957 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2958
2959 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2960 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2961 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2962 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2963 @end smallexample
2964
2965 @noindent
2966 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2967 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2968 type.
2969 (In the rules section, you must terminate each of those directives with a
2970 semicolon.)
2971 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2972 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2973 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2974 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2975
2976 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2977 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2978 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2979 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2980 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2981 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2982 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2983 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2984 as needed.
2985
2986 @node Bison Declarations
2987 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2988 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2989 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2990
2991 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2992 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2993 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2994 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2995
2996 @node Grammar Rules
2997 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2998 @cindex grammar rules section
2999 @cindex rules section for grammar
3000
3001 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
3002 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
3003
3004 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
3005 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
3006 if it is the first thing in the file.
3007
3008 @node Epilogue
3009 @subsection The epilogue
3010 @cindex additional C code section
3011 @cindex epilogue
3012 @cindex C code, section for additional
3013
3014 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3015 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3016 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3017 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3018 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3019 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3020 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3021 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3022 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3023
3024 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3025 from the grammar rules.
3026
3027 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3028 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3029 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3030 of the grammar file.
3031
3032 @node Symbols
3033 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3034 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3035 @cindex terminal symbol
3036 @cindex token type
3037 @cindex symbol
3038
3039 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3040 of the language.
3041
3042 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3043 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3044 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3045 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3046 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3047 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3048 the symbol to stand for it.
3049
3050 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3051 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3052 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3053
3054 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3055 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3056
3057 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3058
3059 @itemize @bullet
3060 @item
3061 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3062 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3063 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3064 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3065
3066 @item
3067 @cindex character token
3068 @cindex literal token
3069 @cindex single-character literal
3070 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3071 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3072 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3073 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3074 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3075 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3076 ,Operator Precedence}).
3077
3078 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3079 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3080 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3081 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3082 your program will confuse other readers.
3083
3084 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3085 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3086 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3087 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3088 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3089 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3090 allowed.
3091
3092 @item
3093 @cindex string token
3094 @cindex literal string token
3095 @cindex multicharacter literal
3096 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3097 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3098 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3099 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3100 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3101
3102 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3103 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3104 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3105 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3106 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3107
3108 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3109
3110 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3111 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3112 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3113 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3114 read your program will be confused.
3115
3116 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3117 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3118 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3119 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3120 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3121 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3122 @end itemize
3123
3124 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3125 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3126 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3127
3128 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3129 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3130 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3131 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3132 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3133 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3134 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3135 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3136 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3137 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3138 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3139 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3140
3141 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3142 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3143 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3144 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3145 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3146
3147 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3148 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3149 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3150 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3151 characters in the following C-language string:
3152
3153 @example
3154 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3155 @end example
3156
3157 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3158 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3159 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3160 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3161 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3162 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3163 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3164 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3165 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3166 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3167 compiling them.
3168
3169 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3170 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3171 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3172 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3173 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3174
3175 @node Rules
3176 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3177 @cindex rule syntax
3178 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3179 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3180
3181 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3182
3183 @example
3184 @group
3185 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3186 ;
3187 @end group
3188 @end example
3189
3190 @noindent
3191 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3192 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3193 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3194
3195 For example,
3196
3197 @example
3198 @group
3199 exp: exp '+' exp
3200 ;
3201 @end group
3202 @end example
3203
3204 @noindent
3205 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3206 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3207
3208 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3209 extra white space as you wish.
3210
3211 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3212 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3213
3214 @example
3215 @{@var{C statements}@}
3216 @end example
3217
3218 @noindent
3219 @cindex braced code
3220 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3221 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3222 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3223 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3224 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3225
3226 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3227 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3228 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3229 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3230 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3231 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3232 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3233 character constants.
3234
3235 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3236 @xref{Actions}.
3237
3238 @findex |
3239 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3240 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3241
3242 @example
3243 @group
3244 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3245 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3246 @dots{}
3247 ;
3248 @end group
3249 @end example
3250
3251 @noindent
3252 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3253
3254 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3255 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3256 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3257
3258 @example
3259 @group
3260 expseq: /* empty */
3261 | expseq1
3262 ;
3263 @end group
3264
3265 @group
3266 expseq1: exp
3267 | expseq1 ',' exp
3268 ;
3269 @end group
3270 @end example
3271
3272 @noindent
3273 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3274 with no components.
3275
3276 @node Recursion
3277 @section Recursive Rules
3278 @cindex recursive rule
3279
3280 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3281 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3282 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3283 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3284 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3285
3286 @example
3287 @group
3288 expseq1: exp
3289 | expseq1 ',' exp
3290 ;
3291 @end group
3292 @end example
3293
3294 @cindex left recursion
3295 @cindex right recursion
3296 @noindent
3297 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3298 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3299 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3300
3301 @example
3302 @group
3303 expseq1: exp
3304 | exp ',' expseq1
3305 ;
3306 @end group
3307 @end example
3308
3309 @noindent
3310 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3311 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3312 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3313 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3314 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3315 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3316 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3317 of this.
3318
3319 @cindex mutual recursion
3320 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3321 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3322 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3323 side.
3324
3325 For example:
3326
3327 @example
3328 @group
3329 expr: primary
3330 | primary '+' primary
3331 ;
3332 @end group
3333
3334 @group
3335 primary: constant
3336 | '(' expr ')'
3337 ;
3338 @end group
3339 @end example
3340
3341 @noindent
3342 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3343 other.
3344
3345 @node Semantics
3346 @section Defining Language Semantics
3347 @cindex defining language semantics
3348 @cindex language semantics, defining
3349
3350 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3351 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3352 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3353
3354 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3355 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3356 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3357 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3358
3359 @menu
3360 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3361 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3362 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3363 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3364 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3365 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3366 action in the middle of a rule.
3367 @end menu
3368
3369 @node Value Type
3370 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3371 @cindex semantic value type
3372 @cindex value type, semantic
3373 @cindex data types of semantic values
3374 @cindex default data type
3375
3376 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3377 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3378 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3379 Notation Calculator}).
3380
3381 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3382 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3383 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3384
3385 @example
3386 #define YYSTYPE double
3387 @end example
3388
3389 @noindent
3390 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3391 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3392 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3393 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3394
3395 @node Multiple Types
3396 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3397
3398 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3399 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3400 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3401 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3402 symbol table.
3403
3404 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3405 requires you to do two things:
3406
3407 @itemize @bullet
3408 @item
3409 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3410 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3411 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3412 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3413 the type tags.
3414
3415 @item
3416 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3417 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3418 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3419 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3420 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3421 @end itemize
3422
3423 @node Actions
3424 @subsection Actions
3425 @cindex action
3426 @vindex $$
3427 @vindex $@var{n}
3428
3429 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3430 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3431 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3432 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3433
3434 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3435 placed at any position in the rule;
3436 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3437 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3438 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3439 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3440
3441 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3442 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3443 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3444 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3445 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3446 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3447 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3448
3449 Here is a typical example:
3450
3451 @example
3452 @group
3453 exp: @dots{}
3454 | exp '+' exp
3455 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3456 @end group
3457 @end example
3458
3459 @noindent
3460 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3461 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3462 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3463 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3464 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3465 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3466 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3467 referred to as @code{$2}.
3468
3469 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3470 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3471 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3472 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3473 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3474
3475 @example
3476 @group
3477 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3478 @end group
3479 @end example
3480
3481 @cindex default action
3482 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3483 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3484 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3485 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3486 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3487 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3488
3489 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3490 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3491 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3492 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3493 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3494
3495 @example
3496 @group
3497 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3498 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3499 ;
3500 @end group
3501
3502 @group
3503 bar: /* empty */
3504 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3505 ;
3506 @end group
3507 @end example
3508
3509 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3510 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3511 definition of @code{foo}.
3512
3513 @vindex yylval
3514 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3515 any, from a semantic action.
3516 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3517 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3518
3519 @node Action Types
3520 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3521 @cindex action data types
3522 @cindex data types in actions
3523
3524 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3525 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3526
3527 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3528 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3529 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3530 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3531 in the rule. In this example,
3532
3533 @example
3534 @group
3535 exp: @dots{}
3536 | exp '+' exp
3537 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3538 @end group
3539 @end example
3540
3541 @noindent
3542 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3543 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3544 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3545 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3546
3547 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3548 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3549 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3550
3551 @example
3552 @group
3553 %union @{
3554 int itype;
3555 double dtype;
3556 @}
3557 @end group
3558 @end example
3559
3560 @noindent
3561 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3562 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3563
3564 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3565 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3566 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3567 @cindex mid-rule actions
3568
3569 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3570 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3571 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3572
3573 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3574 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3575 it is run before they are parsed.
3576
3577 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3578 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3579 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3580 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3581 @code{$@var{n}}.
3582
3583 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3584 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3585 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3586 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3587 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3588 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3589
3590 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3591 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3592 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3593 at the end of the rule.
3594
3595 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3596 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3597 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3598 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3599 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3600 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3601
3602 @example
3603 @group
3604 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3605 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3606 declare_variable ($3); @}
3607 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3608 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3609 @end group
3610 @end example
3611
3612 @noindent
3613 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3614 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3615 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3616 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3617 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3618 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3619 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3620 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3621
3622 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3623 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3624 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3625 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3626 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3627
3628 @findex %destructor
3629 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3630 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3631 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3632 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3633 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3634 restoring it.
3635 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3636 Discarded Symbols}).
3637 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3638 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3639
3640 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3641 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3642
3643 @example
3644 @group
3645 %type <context> let
3646 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3647
3648 %%
3649
3650 stmt: let stmt
3651 @{ $$ = $2;
3652 pop_context ($1); @}
3653 ;
3654
3655 let: LET '(' var ')'
3656 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3657 declare_variable ($3); @}
3658 ;
3659
3660 @end group
3661 @end example
3662
3663 @noindent
3664 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3665 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3666 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3667
3668 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3669 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3670 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3671 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3672 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3673 declaration or not:
3674
3675 @example
3676 @group
3677 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3678 | '@{' statements '@}'
3679 ;
3680 @end group
3681 @end example
3682
3683 @noindent
3684 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3685
3686 @example
3687 @group
3688 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3689 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3690 @end group
3691 @group
3692 | '@{' statements '@}'
3693 ;
3694 @end group
3695 @end example
3696
3697 @noindent
3698 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3699 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3700 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3701 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3702 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3703 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3704
3705 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3706 actions into the two rules, like this:
3707
3708 @example
3709 @group
3710 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3711 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3712 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3713 '@{' statements '@}'
3714 ;
3715 @end group
3716 @end example
3717
3718 @noindent
3719 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3720 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3721
3722 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3723 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3724 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3725
3726 @example
3727 @group
3728 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3729 declarations statements '@}'
3730 | '@{' statements '@}'
3731 ;
3732 @end group
3733 @end example
3734
3735 @noindent
3736 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3737 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3738
3739 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3740 serves as a subroutine:
3741
3742 @example
3743 @group
3744 subroutine: /* empty */
3745 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3746 ;
3747
3748 @end group
3749
3750 @group
3751 compound: subroutine
3752 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3753 | subroutine
3754 '@{' statements '@}'
3755 ;
3756 @end group
3757 @end example
3758
3759 @noindent
3760 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3761 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3762
3763 @node Locations
3764 @section Tracking Locations
3765 @cindex location
3766 @cindex textual location
3767 @cindex location, textual
3768
3769 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3770 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3771 especially symbol locations.
3772
3773 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3774 actions to take when rules are matched.
3775
3776 @menu
3777 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3778 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3779 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3780 @end menu
3781
3782 @node Location Type
3783 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3784 @cindex data type of locations
3785 @cindex default location type
3786
3787 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3788 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3789
3790 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3791 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3792 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3793 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3794 four members:
3795
3796 @example
3797 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3798 @{
3799 int first_line;
3800 int first_column;
3801 int last_line;
3802 int last_column;
3803 @} YYLTYPE;
3804 @end example
3805
3806 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3807 for @code{yylloc}.
3808
3809 @node Actions and Locations
3810 @subsection Actions and Locations
3811 @cindex location actions
3812 @cindex actions, location
3813 @vindex @@$
3814 @vindex @@@var{n}
3815
3816 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3817 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3818
3819 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3820 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3821 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3822 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3823 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3824 @code{@@$}.
3825
3826 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3827
3828 @example
3829 @group
3830 exp: @dots{}
3831 | exp '/' exp
3832 @{
3833 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3834 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3835 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3836 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3837 if ($3)
3838 $$ = $1 / $3;
3839 else
3840 @{
3841 $$ = 1;
3842 fprintf (stderr,
3843 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3844 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3845 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3846 @}
3847 @}
3848 @end group
3849 @end example
3850
3851 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3852 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3853 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3854 last symbol.
3855
3856 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3857 example above simply rewrites this way:
3858
3859 @example
3860 @group
3861 exp: @dots{}
3862 | exp '/' exp
3863 @{
3864 if ($3)
3865 $$ = $1 / $3;
3866 else
3867 @{
3868 $$ = 1;
3869 fprintf (stderr,
3870 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3871 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3872 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3873 @}
3874 @}
3875 @end group
3876 @end example
3877
3878 @vindex yylloc
3879 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3880 from a semantic action.
3881 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3882 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3883
3884 @node Location Default Action
3885 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3886 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3887 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3888
3889 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3890 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3891 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3892 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3893 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3894 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3895 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3896 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3897 of that ambiguity.
3898
3899 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3900 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3901
3902 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3903 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3904 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3905 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3906 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3907 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3908 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3909 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3910 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3911 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3912
3913 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3914
3915 @smallexample
3916 @group
3917 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3918 do \
3919 if (N) \
3920 @{ \
3921 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3922 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3923 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3924 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3925 @} \
3926 else \
3927 @{ \
3928 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3929 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3930 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3931 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3932 @} \
3933 while (0)
3934 @end group
3935 @end smallexample
3936
3937 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3938 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3939 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3940
3941 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3942
3943 @itemize @bullet
3944 @item
3945 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3946 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3947
3948 @item
3949 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3950 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3951 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3952 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3953
3954 @item
3955 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3956 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3957 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3958 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3959 @end itemize
3960
3961 @node Declarations
3962 @section Bison Declarations
3963 @cindex declarations, Bison
3964 @cindex Bison declarations
3965
3966 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3967 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3968 @xref{Symbols}.
3969
3970 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3971 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3972 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3973 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3974
3975 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3976 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3977 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3978 Grammars}).
3979
3980 @menu
3981 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3982 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3983 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3984 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3985 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3986 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3987 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3988 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3989 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3990 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3991 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
3992 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3993 @end menu
3994
3995 @node Require Decl
3996 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3997 @cindex version requirement
3998 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3999 @findex %require
4000
4001 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
4002 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
4003 status 63).
4004
4005 @example
4006 %require "@var{version}"
4007 @end example
4008
4009 @node Token Decl
4010 @subsection Token Type Names
4011 @cindex declaring token type names
4012 @cindex token type names, declaring
4013 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4014 @findex %token
4015
4016 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4017
4018 @example
4019 %token @var{name}
4020 @end example
4021
4022 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4023 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4024 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4025
4026 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4027 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4028 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4029 Precedence}.
4030
4031 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4032 a nonnegative decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4033 following the token name:
4034
4035 @example
4036 %token NUM 300
4037 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4038 @end example
4039
4040 @noindent
4041 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4042 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4043 with each other or with normal characters.
4044
4045 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4046 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4047 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4048 Than One Value Type}).
4049
4050 For example:
4051
4052 @example
4053 @group
4054 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4055 double val;
4056 symrec *tptr;
4057 @}
4058 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4059 @end group
4060 @end example
4061
4062 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4063 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4064 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4065
4066 @example
4067 %token arrow "=>"
4068 @end example
4069
4070 @noindent
4071 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4072 equivalent literal string tokens:
4073
4074 @example
4075 %token <operator> OR "||"
4076 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4077 %left OR "<="
4078 @end example
4079
4080 @noindent
4081 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4082 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4083 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4084 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4085 Syntax error messages passed to @code{yyerror} from the parser will reference
4086 the literal string instead of the token name.
4087
4088 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
4089 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
4090 of ``$end'':
4091
4092 @example
4093 %token END 0 "end of file"
4094 @end example
4095
4096 @node Precedence Decl
4097 @subsection Operator Precedence
4098 @cindex precedence declarations
4099 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4100 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4101
4102 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4103 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4104 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4105 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4106 operator precedence.
4107
4108 The syntax of a precedence declaration is nearly the same as that of
4109 @code{%token}: either
4110
4111 @example
4112 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4113 @end example
4114
4115 @noindent
4116 or
4117
4118 @example
4119 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4120 @end example
4121
4122 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4123 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4124 all the @var{symbols}:
4125
4126 @itemize @bullet
4127 @item
4128 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4129 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4130 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4131 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4132 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4133 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4134 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4135 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4136 considered a syntax error.
4137
4138 @item
4139 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4140 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4141 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4142 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4143 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4144 @end itemize
4145
4146 For backward compatibility, there is a confusing difference between the
4147 argument lists of @code{%token} and precedence declarations.
4148 Only a @code{%token} can associate a literal string with a token type name.
4149 A precedence declaration always interprets a literal string as a reference to a
4150 separate token.
4151 For example:
4152
4153 @example
4154 %left OR "<=" // Does not declare an alias.
4155 %left OR 134 "<=" 135 // Declares 134 for OR and 135 for "<=".
4156 @end example
4157
4158 @node Union Decl
4159 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4160 @cindex declaring value types
4161 @cindex value types, declaring
4162 @findex %union
4163
4164 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4165 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4166 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4167 @code{union} in C@.
4168
4169 For example:
4170
4171 @example
4172 @group
4173 %union @{
4174 double val;
4175 symrec *tptr;
4176 @}
4177 @end group
4178 @end example
4179
4180 @noindent
4181 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4182 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4183 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4184 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4185
4186 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4187 @code{union}. For example:
4188
4189 @example
4190 @group
4191 %union value @{
4192 double val;
4193 symrec *tptr;
4194 @}
4195 @end group
4196 @end example
4197
4198 @noindent
4199 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4200 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4201 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4202
4203 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4204 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4205 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4206
4207 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4208 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4209
4210 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4211 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4212 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4213 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4214
4215 @example
4216 @group
4217 union YYSTYPE @{
4218 double val;
4219 symrec *tptr;
4220 @};
4221 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4222 @end group
4223 @end example
4224
4225 @noindent
4226 and then your grammar can use the following
4227 instead of @code{%union}:
4228
4229 @example
4230 @group
4231 %@{
4232 #include "parser.h"
4233 %@}
4234 %type <val> expr
4235 %token <tptr> ID
4236 @end group
4237 @end example
4238
4239 @node Type Decl
4240 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4241 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4242 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4243 @findex %type
4244
4245 @noindent
4246 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4247 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4248 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4249
4250 @example
4251 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4252 @end example
4253
4254 @noindent
4255 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4256 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4257 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4258 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4259 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4260 the symbol names.
4261
4262 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4263 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4264 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4265 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4266
4267 @node Initial Action Decl
4268 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4269 @findex %initial-action
4270
4271 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4272 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4273 code.
4274
4275 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4276 @findex %initial-action
4277 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4278 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4279 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4280 @code{%parse-param}.
4281 @end deffn
4282
4283 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4284
4285 @example
4286 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4287 %initial-action
4288 @{
4289 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4290 @};
4291 @end example
4292
4293
4294 @node Destructor Decl
4295 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4296 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4297 @findex %destructor
4298 @findex <*>
4299 @findex <>
4300 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4301 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4302 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4303 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4304 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4305 must discard the start symbol.
4306
4307 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4308 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4309 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4310 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4311
4312 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4313 symbol is automatically discarded.
4314
4315 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4316 @findex %destructor
4317 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4318 @var{symbols}.
4319 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4320 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4321 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4322 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4323
4324 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4325 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4326 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4327 tag among @var{symbols}.
4328 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4329 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4330 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4331
4332 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4333 (These default forms are experimental.
4334 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4335 features.)
4336 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4337 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4338 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4339 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4340 @code{%destructor}.
4341 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4342 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4343 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4344 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4345 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4346 @end deffn
4347
4348 @noindent
4349 For example:
4350
4351 @smallexample
4352 %union @{ char *string; @}
4353 %token <string> STRING1
4354 %token <string> STRING2
4355 %type <string> string1
4356 %type <string> string2
4357 %union @{ char character; @}
4358 %token <character> CHR
4359 %type <character> chr
4360 %token TAGLESS
4361
4362 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4363 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4364 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4365 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4366 @end smallexample
4367
4368 @noindent
4369 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4370 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4371 to @code{free} by default.
4372 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4373 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4374 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4375 @code{free} only once.
4376 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4377 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4378
4379 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4380 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4381 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4382 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4383 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4384 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4385 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4386 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4387 reference it in your grammar.
4388 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4389 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4390
4391 @smallexample
4392 %token END 0
4393 @end smallexample
4394
4395 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4396 @cindex mid-rule actions
4397 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4398 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4399 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4400 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4401 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4402 rule.
4403 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4404 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4405
4406 @ignore
4407 @noindent
4408 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4409 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4410 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4411 @end ignore
4412
4413 @sp 1
4414
4415 @cindex discarded symbols
4416 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4417
4418 @itemize
4419 @item
4420 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4421 @item
4422 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4423 @item
4424 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4425 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4426 @item
4427 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4428 @end itemize
4429
4430 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4431 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4432 exhaustion.
4433
4434 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4435 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4436 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4437 the memory.
4438
4439 @node Expect Decl
4440 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4441 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4442 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4443 @cindex warnings, preventing
4444 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4445 @findex %expect
4446 @findex %expect-rr
4447
4448 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4449 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4450 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4451 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4452 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4453 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4454
4455 The declaration looks like this:
4456
4457 @example
4458 %expect @var{n}
4459 @end example
4460
4461 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4462 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4463 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4464 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4465
4466 For deterministic parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4467 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4468 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4469 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4470 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4471 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4472 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4473
4474 @example
4475 %expect-rr @var{n}
4476 @end example
4477
4478 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4479
4480 @itemize @bullet
4481 @item
4482 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4483 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4484 print the number of conflicts.
4485
4486 @item
4487 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4488 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4489 go back to the beginning.
4490
4491 @item
4492 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4493 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4494 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4495 @end itemize
4496
4497 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4498 will keep silent otherwise.
4499
4500 @node Start Decl
4501 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4502 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4503 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4504 @cindex default start symbol
4505 @findex %start
4506
4507 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4508 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4509 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4510
4511 @example
4512 %start @var{symbol}
4513 @end example
4514
4515 @node Pure Decl
4516 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4517 @cindex reentrant parser
4518 @cindex pure parser
4519 @findex %define api.pure
4520
4521 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4522 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4523 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4524 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4525 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4526 program must be called only within interlocks.
4527
4528 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4529 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4530 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4531 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4532 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4533
4534 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4535 declaration @code{%define api.pure} says that you want the parser to be
4536 reentrant. It looks like this:
4537
4538 @example
4539 %define api.pure
4540 @end example
4541
4542 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4543 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4544 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4545 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4546 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs}
4547 becomes local in @code{yyparse} in pull mode but it becomes a member
4548 of yypstate in push mode. (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4549 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4550 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4551
4552 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4553 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4554 valid grammar.
4555
4556 @node Push Decl
4557 @subsection A Push Parser
4558 @cindex push parser
4559 @cindex push parser
4560 @findex %define api.push_pull
4561
4562 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4563 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4564
4565 A pull parser is called once and it takes control until all its input
4566 is completely parsed. A push parser, on the other hand, is called
4567 each time a new token is made available.
4568
4569 A push parser is typically useful when the parser is part of a
4570 main event loop in the client's application. This is typically
4571 a requirement of a GUI, when the main event loop needs to be triggered
4572 within a certain time period.
4573
4574 Normally, Bison generates a pull parser.
4575 The following Bison declaration says that you want the parser to be a push
4576 parser (@pxref{Decl Summary,,%define api.push_pull}):
4577
4578 @example
4579 %define api.push_pull "push"
4580 @end example
4581
4582 In almost all cases, you want to ensure that your push parser is also
4583 a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). The only
4584 time you should create an impure push parser is to have backwards
4585 compatibility with the impure Yacc pull mode interface. Unless you know
4586 what you are doing, your declarations should look like this:
4587
4588 @example
4589 %define api.pure
4590 %define api.push_pull "push"
4591 @end example
4592
4593 There is a major notable functional difference between the pure push parser
4594 and the impure push parser. It is acceptable for a pure push parser to have
4595 many parser instances, of the same type of parser, in memory at the same time.
4596 An impure push parser should only use one parser at a time.
4597
4598 When a push parser is selected, Bison will generate some new symbols in
4599 the generated parser. @code{yypstate} is a structure that the generated
4600 parser uses to store the parser's state. @code{yypstate_new} is the
4601 function that will create a new parser instance. @code{yypstate_delete}
4602 will free the resources associated with the corresponding parser instance.
4603 Finally, @code{yypush_parse} is the function that should be called whenever a
4604 token is available to provide the parser. A trivial example
4605 of using a pure push parser would look like this:
4606
4607 @example
4608 int status;
4609 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4610 do @{
4611 status = yypush_parse (ps, yylex (), NULL);
4612 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4613 yypstate_delete (ps);
4614 @end example
4615
4616 If the user decided to use an impure push parser, a few things about
4617 the generated parser will change. The @code{yychar} variable becomes
4618 a global variable instead of a variable in the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4619 For this reason, the signature of the @code{yypush_parse} function is
4620 changed to remove the token as a parameter. A nonreentrant push parser
4621 example would thus look like this:
4622
4623 @example
4624 extern int yychar;
4625 int status;
4626 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4627 do @{
4628 yychar = yylex ();
4629 status = yypush_parse (ps);
4630 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4631 yypstate_delete (ps);
4632 @end example
4633
4634 That's it. Notice the next token is put into the global variable @code{yychar}
4635 for use by the next invocation of the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4636
4637 Bison also supports both the push parser interface along with the pull parser
4638 interface in the same generated parser. In order to get this functionality,
4639 you should replace the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} declaration with the
4640 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration. Doing this will create all of
4641 the symbols mentioned earlier along with the two extra symbols, @code{yyparse}
4642 and @code{yypull_parse}. @code{yyparse} can be used exactly as it normally
4643 would be used. However, the user should note that it is implemented in the
4644 generated parser by calling @code{yypull_parse}.
4645 This makes the @code{yyparse} function that is generated with the
4646 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration slower than the normal
4647 @code{yyparse} function. If the user
4648 calls the @code{yypull_parse} function it will parse the rest of the input
4649 stream. It is possible to @code{yypush_parse} tokens to select a subgrammar
4650 and then @code{yypull_parse} the rest of the input stream. If you would like
4651 to switch back and forth between between parsing styles, you would have to
4652 write your own @code{yypull_parse} function that knows when to quit looking
4653 for input. An example of using the @code{yypull_parse} function would look
4654 like this:
4655
4656 @example
4657 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4658 yypull_parse (ps); /* Will call the lexer */
4659 yypstate_delete (ps);
4660 @end example
4661
4662 Adding the @code{%define api.pure} declaration does exactly the same thing to
4663 the generated parser with @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} as it did for
4664 @code{%define api.push_pull "push"}.
4665
4666 @node Decl Summary
4667 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4668 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4669 @cindex declaration summary
4670 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4671
4672 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4673
4674 @deffn {Directive} %union
4675 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4676 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @deffn {Directive} %token
4680 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4681 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4682 @end deffn
4683
4684 @deffn {Directive} %right
4685 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4686 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4687 @end deffn
4688
4689 @deffn {Directive} %left
4690 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4691 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4695 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4696 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4697 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4698 @end deffn
4699
4700 @ifset defaultprec
4701 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4702 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4703 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4704 @end deffn
4705 @end ifset
4706
4707 @deffn {Directive} %type
4708 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4709 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn {Directive} %start
4713 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4714 Start-Symbol}).
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4718 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4719 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4720 @end deffn
4721
4722
4723 @sp 1
4724 @noindent
4725 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4726 directives:
4727
4728 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4729 @findex %code
4730 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4731 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4732 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4733 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4734 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4735
4736 @cindex Prologue
4737 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4738 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4739 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4740 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4741 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4742
4743 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4744
4745 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4746 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4747 feature.)
4748 @end deffn
4749
4750 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4751 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4752 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4753 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4754 use this form instead.
4755
4756 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4757 where Bison should generate it.
4758 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4759
4760 @itemize @bullet
4761 @item requires
4762 @findex %code requires
4763
4764 @itemize @bullet
4765 @item Language(s): C, C++
4766
4767 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4768 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4769 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4770 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4771 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4772
4773 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4774 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4775 @end itemize
4776
4777 @item provides
4778 @findex %code provides
4779
4780 @itemize @bullet
4781 @item Language(s): C, C++
4782
4783 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4784 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4785
4786 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4787 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4788 @end itemize
4789
4790 @item top
4791 @findex %code top
4792
4793 @itemize @bullet
4794 @item Language(s): C, C++
4795
4796 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4797 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4798 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4799 parser source code file.
4800 For example:
4801
4802 @smallexample
4803 %code top @{
4804 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4805 #include <stdio.h>
4806 @}
4807 @end smallexample
4808
4809 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4810 @end itemize
4811
4812 @item imports
4813 @findex %code imports
4814
4815 @itemize @bullet
4816 @item Language(s): Java
4817
4818 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4819
4820 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4821 before any class definitions.
4822 @end itemize
4823 @end itemize
4824
4825 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4826 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4827 feature.)
4828
4829 @cindex Prologue
4830 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4831 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4832 @end deffn
4833
4834 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4835 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4836 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4837 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4838 @end deffn
4839
4840 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4841 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4842 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4843 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4844 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4845 Summary,,%language}, @pxref{Decl Summary,,%skeleton}).
4846
4847 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4848
4849 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4850 @code{""}.
4851
4852 Some @var{variable}s may be used as Booleans.
4853 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4854 of the following four conditions:
4855
4856 @enumerate
4857 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4858
4859 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4860 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4861
4862 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4863
4864 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4865 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4866 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4867 @end enumerate
4868
4869 Some of the accepted @var{variable}s are:
4870
4871 @itemize @bullet
4872 @item api.pure
4873 @findex %define api.pure
4874
4875 @itemize @bullet
4876 @item Language(s): C
4877
4878 @item Purpose: Request a pure (reentrant) parser program.
4879 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
4880
4881 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4882
4883 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4884 @end itemize
4885
4886 @item api.push_pull
4887 @findex %define api.push_pull
4888
4889 @itemize @bullet
4890 @item Language(s): C (deterministic parsers only)
4891
4892 @item Purpose: Requests a pull parser, a push parser, or both.
4893 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
4894 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4895 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4896
4897 @item Accepted Values: @code{"pull"}, @code{"push"}, @code{"both"}
4898
4899 @item Default Value: @code{"pull"}
4900 @end itemize
4901
4902 @item lr.default_reductions
4903 @cindex default reductions
4904 @findex %define lr.default_reductions
4905 @cindex delayed syntax errors
4906 @cindex syntax errors delayed
4907
4908 @itemize @bullet
4909 @item Language(s): all
4910
4911 @item Purpose: Specifies the kind of states that are permitted to
4912 contain default reductions.
4913 That is, in such a state, Bison declares the reduction with the largest
4914 lookahead set to be the default reduction and then removes that
4915 lookahead set.
4916 The advantages of default reductions are discussed below.
4917 The disadvantage is that, when the generated parser encounters a
4918 syntactically unacceptable token, the parser might then perform
4919 unnecessary default reductions before it can detect the syntax error.
4920
4921 (This feature is experimental.
4922 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4923
4924 @item Accepted Values:
4925 @itemize
4926 @item @code{"all"}.
4927 For @acronym{LALR} and @acronym{IELR} parsers (@pxref{Decl
4928 Summary,,lr.type}) by default, all states are permitted to contain
4929 default reductions.
4930 The advantage is that parser table sizes can be significantly reduced.
4931 The reason Bison does not by default attempt to address the disadvantage
4932 of delayed syntax error detection is that this disadvantage is already
4933 inherent in @acronym{LALR} and @acronym{IELR} parser tables.
4934 That is, unlike in a canonical @acronym{LR} state, the lookahead sets of
4935 reductions in an @acronym{LALR} or @acronym{IELR} state can contain
4936 tokens that are syntactically incorrect for some left contexts.
4937
4938 @item @code{"consistent"}.
4939 @cindex consistent states
4940 A consistent state is a state that has only one possible action.
4941 If that action is a reduction, then the parser does not need to request
4942 a lookahead token from the scanner before performing that action.
4943 However, the parser only recognizes the ability to ignore the lookahead
4944 token when such a reduction is encoded as a default reduction.
4945 Thus, if default reductions are permitted in and only in consistent
4946 states, then a canonical @acronym{LR} parser reports a syntax error as
4947 soon as it @emph{needs} the syntactically unacceptable token from the
4948 scanner.
4949
4950 @item @code{"accepting"}.
4951 @cindex accepting state
4952 By default, the only default reduction permitted in a canonical
4953 @acronym{LR} parser is the accept action in the accepting state, which
4954 the parser reaches only after reading all tokens from the input.
4955 Thus, the default canonical @acronym{LR} parser reports a syntax error
4956 as soon as it @emph{reaches} the syntactically unacceptable token
4957 without performing any extra reductions.
4958 @end itemize
4959
4960 @item Default Value:
4961 @itemize
4962 @item @code{"accepting"} if @code{lr.type} is @code{"canonical LR"}.
4963 @item @code{"all"} otherwise.
4964 @end itemize
4965 @end itemize
4966
4967 @item lr.keep_unreachable_states
4968 @findex %define lr.keep_unreachable_states
4969
4970 @itemize @bullet
4971 @item Language(s): all
4972
4973 @item Purpose: Requests that Bison allow unreachable parser states to remain in
4974 the parser tables.
4975 Bison considers a state to be unreachable if there exists no sequence of
4976 transitions from the start state to that state.
4977 A state can become unreachable during conflict resolution if Bison disables a
4978 shift action leading to it from a predecessor state.
4979 Keeping unreachable states is sometimes useful for analysis purposes, but they
4980 are useless in the generated parser.
4981
4982 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4983
4984 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4985
4986 @item Caveats:
4987
4988 @itemize @bullet
4989
4990 @item Unreachable states may contain conflicts and may use rules not used in
4991 any other state.
4992 Thus, keeping unreachable states may induce warnings that are irrelevant to
4993 your parser's behavior, and it may eliminate warnings that are relevant.
4994 Of course, the change in warnings may actually be relevant to a parser table
4995 analysis that wants to keep unreachable states, so this behavior will likely
4996 remain in future Bison releases.
4997
4998 @item While Bison is able to remove unreachable states, it is not guaranteed to
4999 remove other kinds of useless states.
5000 Specifically, when Bison disables reduce actions during conflict resolution,
5001 some goto actions may become useless, and thus some additional states may
5002 become useless.
5003 If Bison were to compute which goto actions were useless and then disable those
5004 actions, it could identify such states as unreachable and then remove those
5005 states.
5006 However, Bison does not compute which goto actions are useless.
5007 @end itemize
5008 @end itemize
5009
5010 @item lr.type
5011 @findex %define lr.type
5012 @cindex @acronym{LALR}
5013 @cindex @acronym{IELR}
5014 @cindex @acronym{LR}
5015
5016 @itemize @bullet
5017 @item Language(s): all
5018
5019 @item Purpose: Specifies the type of parser tables within the
5020 @acronym{LR}(1) family.
5021 (This feature is experimental.
5022 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5023
5024 @item Accepted Values:
5025 @itemize
5026 @item @code{"LALR"}.
5027 While Bison generates @acronym{LALR} parser tables by default for
5028 historical reasons, @acronym{IELR} or canonical @acronym{LR} is almost
5029 always preferable for deterministic parsers.
5030 The trouble is that @acronym{LALR} parser tables can suffer from
5031 mysterious conflicts and thus may not accept the full set of sentences
5032 that @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR} accept.
5033 @xref{Mystery Conflicts}, for details.
5034 However, there are at least two scenarios where @acronym{LALR} may be
5035 worthwhile:
5036 @itemize
5037 @cindex @acronym{GLR} with @acronym{LALR}
5038 @item When employing @acronym{GLR} parsers (@pxref{GLR Parsers}), if you
5039 do not resolve any conflicts statically (for example, with @code{%left}
5040 or @code{%prec}), then the parser explores all potential parses of any
5041 given input.
5042 In this case, the use of @acronym{LALR} parser tables is guaranteed not
5043 to alter the language accepted by the parser.
5044 @acronym{LALR} parser tables are the smallest parser tables Bison can
5045 currently generate, so they may be preferable.
5046
5047 @item Occasionally during development, an especially malformed grammar
5048 with a major recurring flaw may severely impede the @acronym{IELR} or
5049 canonical @acronym{LR} parser table generation algorithm.
5050 @acronym{LALR} can be a quick way to generate parser tables in order to
5051 investigate such problems while ignoring the more subtle differences
5052 from @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR}.
5053 @end itemize
5054
5055 @item @code{"IELR"}.
5056 @acronym{IELR} is a minimal @acronym{LR} algorithm.
5057 That is, given any grammar (@acronym{LR} or non-@acronym{LR}),
5058 @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR} always accept exactly the same
5059 set of sentences.
5060 However, as for @acronym{LALR}, the number of parser states is often an
5061 order of magnitude less for @acronym{IELR} than for canonical
5062 @acronym{LR}.
5063 More importantly, because canonical @acronym{LR}'s extra parser states
5064 may contain duplicate conflicts in the case of non-@acronym{LR}
5065 grammars, the number of conflicts for @acronym{IELR} is often an order
5066 of magnitude less as well.
5067 This can significantly reduce the complexity of developing of a grammar.
5068
5069 @item @code{"canonical LR"}.
5070 @cindex delayed syntax errors
5071 @cindex syntax errors delayed
5072 The only advantage of canonical @acronym{LR} over @acronym{IELR} is
5073 that, for every left context of every canonical @acronym{LR} state, the
5074 set of tokens accepted by that state is the exact set of tokens that is
5075 syntactically acceptable in that left context.
5076 Thus, the only difference in parsing behavior is that the canonical
5077 @acronym{LR} parser can report a syntax error as soon as possible
5078 without performing any unnecessary reductions.
5079 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}, for further details.
5080 Even when canonical @acronym{LR} behavior is ultimately desired,
5081 @acronym{IELR}'s elimination of duplicate conflicts should still
5082 facilitate the development of a grammar.
5083 @end itemize
5084
5085 @item Default Value: @code{"LALR"}
5086 @end itemize
5087
5088 @item namespace
5089 @findex %define namespace
5090
5091 @itemize
5092 @item Languages(s): C++
5093
5094 @item Purpose: Specifies the namespace for the parser class.
5095 For example, if you specify:
5096
5097 @smallexample
5098 %define namespace "foo::bar"
5099 @end smallexample
5100
5101 Bison uses @code{foo::bar} verbatim in references such as:
5102
5103 @smallexample
5104 foo::bar::parser::semantic_type
5105 @end smallexample
5106
5107 However, to open a namespace, Bison removes any leading @code{::} and then
5108 splits on any remaining occurrences:
5109
5110 @smallexample
5111 namespace foo @{ namespace bar @{
5112 class position;
5113 class location;
5114 @} @}
5115 @end smallexample
5116
5117 @item Accepted Values: Any absolute or relative C++ namespace reference without
5118 a trailing @code{"::"}.
5119 For example, @code{"foo"} or @code{"::foo::bar"}.
5120
5121 @item Default Value: The value specified by @code{%name-prefix}, which defaults
5122 to @code{yy}.
5123 This usage of @code{%name-prefix} is for backward compatibility and can be
5124 confusing since @code{%name-prefix} also specifies the textual prefix for the
5125 lexical analyzer function.
5126 Thus, if you specify @code{%name-prefix}, it is best to also specify
5127 @code{%define namespace} so that @code{%name-prefix} @emph{only} affects the
5128 lexical analyzer function.
5129 For example, if you specify:
5130
5131 @smallexample
5132 %define namespace "foo"
5133 %name-prefix "bar::"
5134 @end smallexample
5135
5136 The parser namespace is @code{foo} and @code{yylex} is referenced as
5137 @code{bar::lex}.
5138 @end itemize
5139 @end itemize
5140
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143 @deffn {Directive} %defines
5144 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
5145 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
5146 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
5147 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
5148
5149 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
5150 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
5151 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
5152 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
5153 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
5154 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
5155 or type definition
5156 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
5157 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
5158 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
5159 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
5160
5161 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
5162 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5163 Parser}.
5164
5165 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
5166 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
5167 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
5168 Locations}.
5169
5170 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
5171 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
5172 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
5173 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
5174 Tokens}.
5175
5176 @findex %code requires
5177 @findex %code provides
5178 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
5179 header also contains their code.
5180 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
5181 @end deffn
5182
5183 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
5184 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
5185 @end deffn
5186
5187 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
5188 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
5189 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
5190 @end deffn
5191
5192 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5193 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
5194 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
5195 @end deffn
5196
5197 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
5198 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
5199 supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
5200 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
5201
5202 This directive is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
5203 releases.
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn {Directive} %locations
5207 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
5208 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
5209 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
5210 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
5211 accurate syntax error messages.
5212 @end deffn
5213
5214 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5215 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
5216 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
5217 in C parsers
5218 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
5219 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
5220 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. If you use a push parser,
5221 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5222 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will
5223 also be renamed. For example, if you use @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the
5224 names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, and so on.
5225 For C++ parsers, see the @code{%define namespace} documentation in this
5226 section.
5227 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
5228 @end deffn
5229
5230 @ifset defaultprec
5231 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
5232 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
5233 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
5234 Precedence}).
5235 @end deffn
5236 @end ifset
5237
5238 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
5239 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
5240 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
5241 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
5242 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
5243 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
5244 file in its own right.
5245 @end deffn
5246
5247 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
5248 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
5249 @end deffn
5250
5251 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
5252 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
5253 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
5254 @end deffn
5255
5256 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
5257 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
5258 Require a Version of Bison}.
5259 @end deffn
5260
5261 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
5262 Specify the skeleton to use.
5263
5264 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
5265 @c You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
5266 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
5267 @c correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
5268
5269 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
5270 file in the Bison installation directory.
5271 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
5272 directory of the grammar file.
5273 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
5274 @end deffn
5275
5276 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
5277 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
5278 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
5279 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
5280 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
5281 @code{"$end"},
5282 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
5283 defined in the grammar file.
5284
5285 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
5286 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
5287 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
5288 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
5289 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
5290 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
5291 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
5292 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
5293
5294 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
5295 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
5296 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
5297
5298 @table @code
5299 @item YYNTOKENS
5300 The highest token number, plus one.
5301 @item YYNNTS
5302 The number of nonterminal symbols.
5303 @item YYNRULES
5304 The number of grammar rules,
5305 @item YYNSTATES
5306 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
5307 @end table
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
5311 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
5312 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
5313 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
5314 information.
5315 @end deffn
5316
5317 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
5318 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
5319 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
5320 @end deffn
5321
5322
5323 @node Multiple Parsers
5324 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
5325
5326 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
5327 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
5328 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
5329 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
5330
5331 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
5332 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
5333 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
5334 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
5335 names that do not conflict.
5336
5337 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
5338 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
5339 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. If you use a push parser,
5340 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5341 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will also be renamed.
5342 For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become @code{cparse},
5343 @code{clex}, and so on.
5344
5345 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
5346 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
5347 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
5348 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
5349 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
5350
5351 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
5352 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
5353 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
5354 name for the other in the entire parser file.
5355
5356 @node Interface
5357 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
5358 @cindex C-language interface
5359 @cindex interface
5360
5361 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
5362 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
5363 functions that it needs to use.
5364
5365 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
5366 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
5367 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
5368 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
5369
5370 @menu
5371 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
5372 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
5373 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
5374 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
5375 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
5376 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
5377 which reads tokens.
5378 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
5379 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
5380 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
5381 native language.
5382 @end menu
5383
5384 @node Parser Function
5385 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
5386 @findex yyparse
5387
5388 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
5389 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
5390 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
5391 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
5392 without reading further.
5393
5394
5395 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
5396 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
5397 is due to end-of-input).
5398
5399 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
5400 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
5401 invoked.
5402
5403 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
5404 @end deftypefun
5405
5406 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
5407 these macros:
5408
5409 @defmac YYACCEPT
5410 @findex YYACCEPT
5411 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
5412 @end defmac
5413
5414 @defmac YYABORT
5415 @findex YYABORT
5416 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
5417 @end defmac
5418
5419 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
5420 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
5421 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
5422
5423 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5424 @findex %parse-param
5425 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
5426 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
5427 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
5428 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
5429 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5433
5434 @example
5435 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5436 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5437 @end example
5438
5439 @noindent
5440 Then call the parser like this:
5441
5442 @example
5443 @{
5444 int nastiness, randomness;
5445 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5446 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5447 @dots{}
5448 @}
5449 @end example
5450
5451 @noindent
5452 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5453
5454 @example
5455 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5456 @end example
5457
5458 @node Push Parser Function
5459 @section The Push Parser Function @code{yypush_parse}
5460 @findex yypush_parse
5461
5462 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5463 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5464
5465 You call the function @code{yypush_parse} to parse a single token. This
5466 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5467 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5468 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5469
5470 @deftypefun int yypush_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5471 The value returned by @code{yypush_parse} is the same as for yyparse with the
5472 following exception. @code{yypush_parse} will return YYPUSH_MORE if more input
5473 is required to finish parsing the grammar.
5474 @end deftypefun
5475
5476 @node Pull Parser Function
5477 @section The Pull Parser Function @code{yypull_parse}
5478 @findex yypull_parse
5479
5480 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5481 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5482
5483 You call the function @code{yypull_parse} to parse the rest of the input
5484 stream. This function is available if the @code{%define api.push_pull "both"}
5485 declaration is used.
5486 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5487
5488 @deftypefun int yypull_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5489 The value returned by @code{yypull_parse} is the same as for @code{yyparse}.
5490 @end deftypefun
5491
5492 @node Parser Create Function
5493 @section The Parser Create Function @code{yystate_new}
5494 @findex yypstate_new
5495
5496 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5497 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5498
5499 You call the function @code{yypstate_new} to create a new parser instance.
5500 This function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5501 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5502 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5503
5504 @deftypefun yypstate *yypstate_new (void)
5505 The fuction will return a valid parser instance if there was memory available
5506 or 0 if no memory was available.
5507 In impure mode, it will also return 0 if a parser instance is currently
5508 allocated.
5509 @end deftypefun
5510
5511 @node Parser Delete Function
5512 @section The Parser Delete Function @code{yystate_delete}
5513 @findex yypstate_delete
5514
5515 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5516 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5517
5518 You call the function @code{yypstate_delete} to delete a parser instance.
5519 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5520 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5521 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5522
5523 @deftypefun void yypstate_delete (yypstate *yyps)
5524 This function will reclaim the memory associated with a parser instance.
5525 After this call, you should no longer attempt to use the parser instance.
5526 @end deftypefun
5527
5528 @node Lexical
5529 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5530 @findex yylex
5531 @cindex lexical analyzer
5532
5533 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5534 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5535 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5536 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5537
5538 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5539 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5540 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5541 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5542 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5543 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5544 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5545
5546 @menu
5547 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5548 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5549 of the token it has read.
5550 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5551 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5552 actions want that.
5553 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
5554 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5555 @end menu
5556
5557 @node Calling Convention
5558 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5559
5560 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5561 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5562 signifies end-of-input.
5563
5564 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5565 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5566 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5567 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5568
5569 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5570 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5571 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5572 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5573 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5574 signifies end-of-input.
5575
5576 Here is an example showing these things:
5577
5578 @example
5579 int
5580 yylex (void)
5581 @{
5582 @dots{}
5583 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5584 return 0;
5585 @dots{}
5586 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5587 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5588 @dots{}
5589 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5590 @dots{}
5591 @}
5592 @end example
5593
5594 @noindent
5595 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5596 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5597
5598 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5599 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5600
5601 @itemize @bullet
5602 @item
5603 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5604 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5605 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5606 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5607
5608 @item
5609 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5610 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5611 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5612 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5613 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5614 to Bison.
5615
5616 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5617 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5618 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5619 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5620
5621 @smallexample
5622 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5623 @{
5624 if (yytname[i] != 0
5625 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5626 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5627 strlen (token_buffer))
5628 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5629 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5630 break;
5631 @}
5632 @end smallexample
5633
5634 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5635 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5636 @end itemize
5637
5638 @node Token Values
5639 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5640
5641 @vindex yylval
5642 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5643 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5644 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5645 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5646 @code{yylex}:
5647
5648 @example
5649 @group
5650 @dots{}
5651 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5652 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5653 @dots{}
5654 @end group
5655 @end example
5656
5657 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5658 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5659 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5660 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5661 declaration looks like this:
5662
5663 @example
5664 @group
5665 %union @{
5666 int intval;
5667 double val;
5668 symrec *tptr;
5669 @}
5670 @end group
5671 @end example
5672
5673 @noindent
5674 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5675
5676 @example
5677 @group
5678 @dots{}
5679 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5680 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5681 @dots{}
5682 @end group
5683 @end example
5684
5685 @node Token Locations
5686 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5687
5688 @vindex yylloc
5689 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5690 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5691 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5692 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5693 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5694 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5695
5696 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5697 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5698 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5699 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5700 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5701
5702 @tindex YYLTYPE
5703 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5704
5705 @node Pure Calling
5706 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5707
5708 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%define api.pure} to request a
5709 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5710 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5711 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5712 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5713 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5714 pointers.
5715
5716 @example
5717 int
5718 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5719 @{
5720 @dots{}
5721 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5722 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5723 @dots{}
5724 @}
5725 @end example
5726
5727 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5728 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5729 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5730 only one argument.
5731
5732
5733 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5734 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5735 Function}).
5736
5737 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5738 @findex %lex-param
5739 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5740 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 For instance:
5744
5745 @example
5746 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5747 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5748 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5749 @end example
5750
5751 @noindent
5752 results in the following signature:
5753
5754 @example
5755 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5756 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5757 @end example
5758
5759 If @code{%define api.pure} is added:
5760
5761 @example
5762 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5763 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5764 @end example
5765
5766 @noindent
5767 and finally, if both @code{%define api.pure} and @code{%locations} are used:
5768
5769 @example
5770 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5771 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5772 @end example
5773
5774 @node Error Reporting
5775 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5776 @cindex error reporting function
5777 @findex yyerror
5778 @cindex parse error
5779 @cindex syntax error
5780
5781 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5782 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5783 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5784 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5785 in Actions}).
5786
5787 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5788 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5789 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5790 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5791 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5792
5793 @findex %error-verbose
5794 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5795 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5796 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5797 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5798
5799 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5800 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5801 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5802 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5803 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5804 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5805
5806 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5807 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5808 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5809
5810 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5811
5812 @example
5813 @group
5814 void
5815 yyerror (char const *s)
5816 @{
5817 @end group
5818 @group
5819 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5820 @}
5821 @end group
5822 @end example
5823
5824 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5825 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5826 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5827 immediately return 1.
5828
5829 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5830 an access to the current location.
5831 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5832 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5833 @samp{%locations %define api.pure} is passed then the prototypes for
5834 @code{yyerror} are:
5835
5836 @example
5837 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5838 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5839 @end example
5840
5841 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5842
5843 @example
5844 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5845 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5846 @end example
5847
5848 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5849 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5850 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5851 @code{%define api.pure} are pure.
5852 I.e.:
5853
5854 @example
5855 /* Location tracking. */
5856 %locations
5857 /* Pure yylex. */
5858 %define api.pure
5859 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5860 /* Pure yyparse. */
5861 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5862 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5863 @end example
5864
5865 @noindent
5866 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5867
5868 @example
5869 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5870 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5871 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5872 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5873 char const *msg);
5874 @end example
5875
5876 @noindent
5877 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5878 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5879 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5880 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5881 message is always passed last.
5882
5883 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5884 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5885 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5886 @code{yyerror}.
5887
5888 @vindex yynerrs
5889 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5890 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5891 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5892 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5893
5894 @node Action Features
5895 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5896 @cindex summary, action features
5897 @cindex action features summary
5898
5899 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5900 are useful in actions.
5901
5902 @deffn {Variable} $$
5903 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5904 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5905 @end deffn
5906
5907 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5908 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5909 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5910 @end deffn
5911
5912 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5913 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5914 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5915 Types of Values in Actions}.
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5919 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5920 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5921 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5922 @end deffn
5923
5924 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5925 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5926 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5927 @end deffn
5928
5929 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5930 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5931 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5935 @findex YYBACKUP
5936 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5937 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5938 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5939 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5940 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5941 going to be reduced by this rule.
5942
5943 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5944 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5945 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5946 recovery.
5947
5948 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5949 @end deffn
5950
5951 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5952 @vindex YYEMPTY
5953 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5957 @vindex YYEOF
5958 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5959 stream.
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5963 @findex YYERROR
5964 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5965 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5966 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5967 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5968 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5969 @end deffn
5970
5971 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5972 @findex YYRECOVERING
5973 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5974 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5975 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5976 @end deffn
5977
5978 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5979 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5980 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5981 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5982 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5983 Actions}).
5984 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5985 @end deffn
5986
5987 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5988 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5989 error rules.
5990 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5991 Semantic Actions}).
5992 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5993 @end deffn
5994
5995 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5996 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5997 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5998 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
6002 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
6003 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
6004 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
6005 Actions}).
6006 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn {Variable} yylval
6010 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
6011 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
6012 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
6013 Actions}).
6014 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
6015 @end deffn
6016
6017 @deffn {Value} @@$
6018 @findex @@$
6019 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
6020 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
6021 Tracking Locations}.
6022
6023 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
6024
6025 @c @example
6026 @c struct @{
6027 @c int first_line, last_line;
6028 @c int first_column, last_column;
6029 @c @};
6030 @c @end example
6031
6032 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
6033 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
6034
6035 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
6036 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
6037 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
6038 @c those members.
6039
6040 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
6041 @end deffn
6042
6043 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
6044 @findex @@@var{n}
6045 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
6046 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
6047 Tracking Locations}.
6048 @end deffn
6049
6050 @node Internationalization
6051 @section Parser Internationalization
6052 @cindex internationalization
6053 @cindex i18n
6054 @cindex NLS
6055 @cindex gettext
6056 @cindex bison-po
6057
6058 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
6059 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
6060 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
6061 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
6062 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
6063 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
6064 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
6065 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
6066 installation.
6067
6068 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
6069 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
6070 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
6071 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
6072
6073 @enumerate
6074 @item
6075 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
6076 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
6077 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
6078 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
6079 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
6080 For example:
6081
6082 @example
6083 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
6084 @end example
6085
6086 @item
6087 @findex BISON_I18N
6088 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
6089 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
6090 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
6091 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
6092 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
6093 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
6094 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
6095 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
6096 Bison-generated parser.
6097
6098 @item
6099 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
6100 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
6101 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
6102 For example:
6103
6104 @example
6105 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
6106 @end example
6107
6108 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
6109 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
6110 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
6111 @file{Makefile}.
6112
6113 @item
6114 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
6115 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
6116 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
6117
6118 @example
6119 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
6120 @end example
6121
6122 or:
6123
6124 @example
6125 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
6126 @end example
6127
6128 @item
6129 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
6130 infrastructure.
6131 @end enumerate
6132
6133
6134 @node Algorithm
6135 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
6136 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
6137 @cindex algorithm of parser
6138 @cindex shifting
6139 @cindex reduction
6140 @cindex parser stack
6141 @cindex stack, parser
6142
6143 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
6144 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
6145 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
6146
6147 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
6148 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
6149 that was shifted.
6150
6151 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
6152 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
6153 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
6154 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
6155 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
6156 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
6157 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
6158
6159 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
6160
6161 @example
6162 1 + 5 * 3
6163 @end example
6164
6165 @noindent
6166 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
6167 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
6168
6169 @example
6170 expr: expr '*' expr;
6171 @end example
6172
6173 @noindent
6174 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
6175
6176 @example
6177 1 + 15
6178 @end example
6179
6180 @noindent
6181 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
6182 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
6183
6184 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
6185 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
6186 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
6187
6188 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
6189
6190 @menu
6191 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
6192 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
6193 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
6194 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
6195 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
6196 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
6197 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
6198 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
6199 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
6200 @end menu
6201
6202 @node Lookahead
6203 @section Lookahead Tokens
6204 @cindex lookahead token
6205
6206 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
6207 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
6208 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
6209 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
6210 token in order to decide what to do.
6211
6212 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
6213 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
6214 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
6215 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
6216 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
6217 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
6218 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
6219 application.
6220
6221 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
6222 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
6223 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
6224
6225 @example
6226 @group
6227 expr: term '+' expr
6228 | term
6229 ;
6230 @end group
6231
6232 @group
6233 term: '(' expr ')'
6234 | term '!'
6235 | NUMBER
6236 ;
6237 @end group
6238 @end example
6239
6240 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
6241 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
6242 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
6243 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
6244 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
6245
6246 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
6247 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
6248 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
6249 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
6250 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
6251 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
6252
6253 @vindex yychar
6254 @vindex yylval
6255 @vindex yylloc
6256 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
6257 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
6258 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
6259 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6260
6261 @node Shift/Reduce
6262 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
6263 @cindex conflicts
6264 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
6265 @cindex dangling @code{else}
6266 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
6267
6268 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
6269 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
6270
6271 @example
6272 @group
6273 if_stmt:
6274 IF expr THEN stmt
6275 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6276 ;
6277 @end group
6278 @end example
6279
6280 @noindent
6281 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
6282 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
6283
6284 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
6285 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
6286 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
6287 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
6288 rule.
6289
6290 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
6291 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
6292 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
6293 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
6294 contrast it with the other alternative.
6295
6296 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
6297 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
6298 equivalent:
6299
6300 @example
6301 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6302
6303 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
6304 @end example
6305
6306 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
6307 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
6308 making these two inputs equivalent:
6309
6310 @example
6311 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6312
6313 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
6314 @end example
6315
6316 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
6317 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
6318 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
6319 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
6320 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
6321 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
6322 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
6323 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
6324
6325 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
6326 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
6327 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
6328 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
6329
6330 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
6331 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
6332 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
6333 conflict:
6334
6335 @example
6336 @group
6337 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
6338 %%
6339 @end group
6340 @group
6341 stmt: expr
6342 | if_stmt
6343 ;
6344 @end group
6345
6346 @group
6347 if_stmt:
6348 IF expr THEN stmt
6349 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6350 ;
6351 @end group
6352
6353 expr: variable
6354 ;
6355 @end example
6356
6357 @node Precedence
6358 @section Operator Precedence
6359 @cindex operator precedence
6360 @cindex precedence of operators
6361
6362 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
6363 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
6364 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
6365 shift and when to reduce.
6366
6367 @menu
6368 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
6369 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
6370 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
6371 * How Precedence:: How they work.
6372 @end menu
6373
6374 @node Why Precedence
6375 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
6376
6377 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
6378 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
6379
6380 @example
6381 @group
6382 expr: expr '-' expr
6383 | expr '*' expr
6384 | expr '<' expr
6385 | '(' expr ')'
6386 @dots{}
6387 ;
6388 @end group
6389 @end example
6390
6391 @noindent
6392 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
6393 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
6394 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
6395 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
6396 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
6397 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
6398 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
6399 different results.
6400
6401 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
6402 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
6403 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
6404 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
6405 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
6406 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
6407 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
6408 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
6409 @samp{<}.
6410
6411 @cindex associativity
6412 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
6413 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
6414 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
6415 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
6416 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
6417 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
6418 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
6419 makes right-associativity.
6420
6421 @node Using Precedence
6422 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
6423 @findex %left
6424 @findex %right
6425 @findex %nonassoc
6426
6427 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
6428 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
6429 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
6430 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
6431 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
6432 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
6433 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
6434 row''.
6435
6436 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
6437 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
6438 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
6439 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
6440 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
6441
6442 @node Precedence Examples
6443 @subsection Precedence Examples
6444
6445 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
6446
6447 @example
6448 %left '<'
6449 %left '-'
6450 %left '*'
6451 @end example
6452
6453 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
6454 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
6455 declared with @code{'-'}:
6456
6457 @example
6458 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
6459 %left '+' '-'
6460 %left '*' '/'
6461 @end example
6462
6463 @noindent
6464 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
6465 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
6466 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
6467
6468 @node How Precedence
6469 @subsection How Precedence Works
6470
6471 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
6472 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
6473 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
6474 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
6475 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
6476 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
6477
6478 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
6479 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
6480 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
6481 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
6482 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
6483 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
6484 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
6485 resolved.
6486
6487 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
6488 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
6489
6490 @node Contextual Precedence
6491 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
6492 @cindex context-dependent precedence
6493 @cindex unary operator precedence
6494 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
6495 @cindex precedence, unary operator
6496 @findex %prec
6497
6498 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
6499 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6500 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6501 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6502
6503 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
6504 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6505 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6506 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6507 modifier for rules.
6508
6509 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6510 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6511 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6512 modifier's syntax is:
6513
6514 @example
6515 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6516 @end example
6517
6518 @noindent
6519 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6520 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6521 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6522 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6523 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6524
6525 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6526 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6527 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6528 precedence:
6529
6530 @example
6531 @dots{}
6532 %left '+' '-'
6533 %left '*'
6534 %left UMINUS
6535 @end example
6536
6537 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6538
6539 @example
6540 @group
6541 exp: @dots{}
6542 | exp '-' exp
6543 @dots{}
6544 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6545 @end group
6546 @end example
6547
6548 @ifset defaultprec
6549 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6550 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6551 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6552 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6553
6554 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6555 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6556 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6557 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6558
6559 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6560 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6561 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6562 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6563 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6564 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6565
6566 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6567 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6568 @end ifset
6569
6570 @node Parser States
6571 @section Parser States
6572 @cindex finite-state machine
6573 @cindex parser state
6574 @cindex state (of parser)
6575
6576 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6577 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6578 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6579 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6580 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6581
6582 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6583 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6584 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6585 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6586 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6587 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6588 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6589 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6590 pushed.
6591
6592 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6593 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6594 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6595
6596 @node Reduce/Reduce
6597 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6598 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6599 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6600
6601 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6602 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6603 in the grammar.
6604
6605 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6606 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6607
6608 @example
6609 sequence: /* empty */
6610 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6611 | maybeword
6612 | sequence word
6613 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6614 ;
6615
6616 maybeword: /* empty */
6617 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6618 | word
6619 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6620 ;
6621 @end example
6622
6623 @noindent
6624 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6625 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6626 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6627 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6628 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6629 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6630
6631 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6632 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6633 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6634
6635 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6636 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6637 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6638 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6639 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6640
6641 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6642 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6643 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6644 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6645
6646 @example
6647 sequence: /* empty */
6648 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6649 | sequence word
6650 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6651 ;
6652 @end example
6653
6654 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6655
6656 @example
6657 sequence: /* empty */
6658 | sequence words
6659 | sequence redirects
6660 ;
6661
6662 words: /* empty */
6663 | words word
6664 ;
6665
6666 redirects:/* empty */
6667 | redirects redirect
6668 ;
6669 @end example
6670
6671 @noindent
6672 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6673 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6674 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6675 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6676 in infinitely many ways!
6677
6678 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6679 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6680 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6681 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6682
6683 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6684 of sequence:
6685
6686 @example
6687 sequence: /* empty */
6688 | sequence word
6689 | sequence redirect
6690 ;
6691 @end example
6692
6693 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6694 from being empty:
6695
6696 @example
6697 sequence: /* empty */
6698 | sequence words
6699 | sequence redirects
6700 ;
6701
6702 words: word
6703 | words word
6704 ;
6705
6706 redirects:redirect
6707 | redirects redirect
6708 ;
6709 @end example
6710
6711 @node Mystery Conflicts
6712 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6713
6714 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6715 Here is an example:
6716
6717 @example
6718 @group
6719 %token ID
6720
6721 %%
6722 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6723 ;
6724 param_spec:
6725 type
6726 | name_list ':' type
6727 ;
6728 @end group
6729 @group
6730 return_spec:
6731 type
6732 | name ':' type
6733 ;
6734 @end group
6735 @group
6736 type: ID
6737 ;
6738 @end group
6739 @group
6740 name: ID
6741 ;
6742 name_list:
6743 name
6744 | name ',' name_list
6745 ;
6746 @end group
6747 @end example
6748
6749 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6750 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6751 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6752 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6753
6754 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6755 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6756 However, for historical reasons, Bison cannot by default handle all
6757 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars.
6758 In this grammar, two contexts, that after an @code{ID} at the beginning
6759 of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of a
6760 @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6761 same.
6762 They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6763 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6764 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6765 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6766 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6767 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6768 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6769
6770 For many practical grammars (specifically those that fall into the
6771 non-@acronym{LR}(1) class), the limitations of @acronym{LALR}(1) result in
6772 difficulties beyond just mysterious reduce/reduce conflicts.
6773 The best way to fix all these problems is to select a different parser
6774 table generation algorithm.
6775 Either @acronym{IELR}(1) or canonical @acronym{LR}(1) would suffice, but
6776 the former is more efficient and easier to debug during development.
6777 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}, for details.
6778 (Bison's @acronym{IELR}(1) and canonical @acronym{LR}(1) implementations
6779 are experimental.
6780 More user feedback will help to stabilize them.)
6781
6782 If you instead wish to work around @acronym{LALR}(1)'s limitations, you
6783 can often fix a mysterious conflict by identifying the two parser states
6784 that are being confused, and adding something to make them look
6785 distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6786 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6787
6788 @example
6789 @group
6790 %token BOGUS
6791 @dots{}
6792 %%
6793 @dots{}
6794 return_spec:
6795 type
6796 | name ':' type
6797 /* This rule is never used. */
6798 | ID BOGUS
6799 ;
6800 @end group
6801 @end example
6802
6803 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6804 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6805 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6806 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6807 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6808 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6809
6810 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6811 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6812 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6813 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6814 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6815 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6816
6817 @example
6818 param_spec:
6819 type
6820 | name_list ':' type
6821 ;
6822 return_spec:
6823 type
6824 | ID ':' type
6825 ;
6826 @end example
6827
6828 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6829 generators, please see:
6830 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6831 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6832 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6833 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6834
6835 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6836 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6837 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6838 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6839 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6840 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6841
6842 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6843 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6844 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6845 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6846 context-free languages.
6847 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6848 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6849 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6850 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6851 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6852 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6853 there are languages where Bison's default choice of how to
6854 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6855
6856 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6857 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6858 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6859 parser uses the same basic
6860 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6861 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6862 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6863 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6864 situation, it
6865 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6866 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6867 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6868 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6869 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6870
6871 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6872 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6873 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6874 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6875 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6876 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6877 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6878 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6879 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6880 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6881 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6882 stream.
6883
6884 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6885 states to having one, it reverts to the normal deterministic parsing
6886 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6887 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6888 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6889 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6890 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6891 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6892 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6893 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6894 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6895 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6896
6897 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6898 permits the processing of any @acronym{LR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6899 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6900 @acronym{LR}(1)) grammar in
6901 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6902 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6903 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6904 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6905 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6906 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6907 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6908 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6909 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6910 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LR}(1) portions of a
6911 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the
6912 deterministic @acronym{LR}(1) Bison parser.
6913
6914 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6915 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6916 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6917 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6918 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6919 (2000-12-24).
6920
6921 @node Memory Management
6922 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6923 @cindex memory exhaustion
6924 @cindex memory management
6925 @cindex stack overflow
6926 @cindex parser stack overflow
6927 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6928
6929 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6930 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6931 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6932
6933 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6934 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6935 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6936
6937 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6938 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6939 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6940 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6941 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6942
6943 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6944 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6945 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6946 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6947 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6948 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6949
6950 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6951 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6952 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6953 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6954
6955 @cindex default stack limit
6956 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6957 10000.
6958
6959 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6960 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6961 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the deterministic
6962 parser in C, this value must be a compile-time constant
6963 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6964 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6965
6966 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6967
6968 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6969 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the deterministic
6970 parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6971 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6972 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6973 this deficiency in a future release.
6974
6975 @node Error Recovery
6976 @chapter Error Recovery
6977 @cindex error recovery
6978 @cindex recovery from errors
6979
6980 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6981 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6982 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6983 another expression.
6984
6985 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6986 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6987 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6988 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6989 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6990 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6991 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6992
6993 @findex error
6994 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6995 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6996 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6997 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6998 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6999 in the current context, the parse can continue.
7000
7001 For example:
7002
7003 @example
7004 stmnts: /* empty string */
7005 | stmnts '\n'
7006 | stmnts exp '\n'
7007 | stmnts error '\n'
7008 @end example
7009
7010 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
7011 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
7012
7013 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
7014 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
7015 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
7016 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
7017 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
7018 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
7019 applicable in the ordinary way.
7020
7021 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
7022 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
7023 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
7024 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
7025 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
7026 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
7027 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
7028 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
7029 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
7030 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
7031 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
7032 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
7033
7034 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
7035 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
7036 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
7037
7038 @example
7039 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
7040 @end example
7041
7042 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
7043 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
7044 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
7045 spurious error message:
7046
7047 @example
7048 primary: '(' expr ')'
7049 | '(' error ')'
7050 @dots{}
7051 ;
7052 @end example
7053
7054 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
7055 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
7056 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
7057 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
7058 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
7059 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
7060 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
7061 @code{stmnt}.
7062
7063 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
7064 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
7065 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
7066 error messages resume.
7067
7068 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
7069 as any other rules can.
7070
7071 @findex yyerrok
7072 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
7073 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
7074 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
7075 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
7076
7077 @findex yyclearin
7078 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
7079 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
7080 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
7081 action.
7082 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7083
7084 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
7085 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
7086 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
7087 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
7088 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
7089
7090 @vindex YYRECOVERING
7091 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
7092 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
7093 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
7094 error.
7095
7096 @node Context Dependency
7097 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
7098
7099 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
7100 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
7101 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
7102 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
7103 languages.
7104
7105 @menu
7106 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
7107 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
7108 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
7109 error recovery rules must be written.
7110 @end menu
7111
7112 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
7113 neither clean nor robust.)
7114
7115 @node Semantic Tokens
7116 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
7117
7118 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
7119 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
7120
7121 @example
7122 foo (x);
7123 @end example
7124
7125 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
7126 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
7127 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
7128
7129 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
7130 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
7131 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
7132 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
7133 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
7134
7135 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
7136 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
7137 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
7138 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
7139 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
7140 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
7141 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
7142
7143 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
7144 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
7145 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
7146 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
7147 earlier:
7148
7149 @example
7150 typedef int foo, bar;
7151 int baz (void)
7152 @{
7153 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
7154 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
7155 return foo (bar);
7156 @}
7157 @end example
7158
7159 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
7160 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
7161
7162 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
7163 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
7164 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
7165 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
7166 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
7167
7168 @example
7169 initdcl:
7170 declarator maybeasm '='
7171 init
7172 | declarator maybeasm
7173 ;
7174
7175 notype_initdcl:
7176 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
7177 init
7178 | notype_declarator maybeasm
7179 ;
7180 @end example
7181
7182 @noindent
7183 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
7184 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
7185 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
7186
7187 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
7188 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
7189 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
7190 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
7191 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
7192 the syntactic context.
7193
7194 @node Lexical Tie-ins
7195 @section Lexical Tie-ins
7196 @cindex lexical tie-in
7197
7198 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
7199 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
7200 parsed.
7201
7202 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
7203 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
7204 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
7205 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
7206 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
7207
7208 @example
7209 @group
7210 %@{
7211 int hexflag;
7212 int yylex (void);
7213 void yyerror (char const *);
7214 %@}
7215 %%
7216 @dots{}
7217 @end group
7218 @group
7219 expr: IDENTIFIER
7220 | constant
7221 | HEX '('
7222 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
7223 expr ')'
7224 @{ hexflag = 0;
7225 $$ = $4; @}
7226 | expr '+' expr
7227 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
7228 @dots{}
7229 ;
7230 @end group
7231
7232 @group
7233 constant:
7234 INTEGER
7235 | STRING
7236 ;
7237 @end group
7238 @end example
7239
7240 @noindent
7241 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
7242 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
7243 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
7244
7245 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
7246 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
7247 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
7248
7249 @node Tie-in Recovery
7250 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
7251
7252 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
7253 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7254
7255 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
7256 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
7257 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
7258 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
7259
7260 @example
7261 stmt: expr ';'
7262 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
7263 @dots{}
7264 error ';'
7265 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
7266 ;
7267 @end example
7268
7269 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
7270 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
7271 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
7272 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
7273 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
7274
7275 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
7276
7277 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
7278 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
7279 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
7280
7281 @example
7282 @group
7283 expr: @dots{}
7284 | '(' expr ')'
7285 @{ $$ = $2; @}
7286 | '(' error ')'
7287 @dots{}
7288 @end group
7289 @end example
7290
7291 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
7292 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
7293 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
7294 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
7295
7296 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
7297 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
7298 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
7299 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
7300 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
7301 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
7302 clear the flag.
7303
7304 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
7305
7306 @node Debugging
7307 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
7308
7309 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
7310 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
7311 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
7312 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
7313 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
7314 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
7315
7316 @menu
7317 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
7318 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
7319 @end menu
7320
7321 @node Understanding
7322 @section Understanding Your Parser
7323
7324 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
7325 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
7326 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
7327 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
7328 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
7329
7330 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
7331 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
7332 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
7333 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
7334 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
7335 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
7336 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
7337
7338 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
7339
7340 @example
7341 %token NUM STR
7342 %left '+' '-'
7343 %left '*'
7344 %%
7345 exp: exp '+' exp
7346 | exp '-' exp
7347 | exp '*' exp
7348 | exp '/' exp
7349 | NUM
7350 ;
7351 useless: STR;
7352 %%
7353 @end example
7354
7355 @command{bison} reports:
7356
7357 @example
7358 tmp.y: warning: 1 nonterminal useless in grammar
7359 tmp.y: warning: 1 rule useless in grammar
7360 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: nonterminal useless in grammar: useless
7361 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: rule useless in grammar: useless: STR
7362 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
7363 @end example
7364
7365 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
7366 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
7367 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
7368 interpretation is the same.
7369
7370 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
7371 to precedence and/or associativity:
7372
7373 @example
7374 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
7375 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
7376 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
7377 @exdent @dots{}
7378 @end example
7379
7380 @noindent
7381 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
7382
7383 @example
7384 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7385 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7386 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7387 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
7388 @end example
7389
7390 @noindent
7391 @cindex token, useless
7392 @cindex useless token
7393 @cindex nonterminal, useless
7394 @cindex useless nonterminal
7395 @cindex rule, useless
7396 @cindex useless rule
7397 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
7398 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
7399 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
7400 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``unused''
7401 below):
7402
7403 @example
7404 Nonterminals useless in grammar:
7405 useless
7406
7407 Terminals unused in grammar:
7408 STR
7409
7410 Rules useless in grammar:
7411 #6 useless: STR;
7412 @end example
7413
7414 @noindent
7415 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
7416
7417 @example
7418 Grammar
7419
7420 Number, Line, Rule
7421 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
7422 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
7423 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
7424 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
7425 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
7426 5 9 exp -> NUM
7427 @end example
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 and reports the uses of the symbols:
7431
7432 @example
7433 Terminals, with rules where they appear
7434
7435 $end (0) 0
7436 '*' (42) 3
7437 '+' (43) 1
7438 '-' (45) 2
7439 '/' (47) 4
7440 error (256)
7441 NUM (258) 5
7442
7443 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
7444
7445 $accept (8)
7446 on left: 0
7447 exp (9)
7448 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
7449 @end example
7450
7451 @noindent
7452 @cindex item
7453 @cindex pointed rule
7454 @cindex rule, pointed
7455 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
7456 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
7457 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
7458 that the input cursor.
7459
7460 @example
7461 state 0
7462
7463 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7464
7465 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7466
7467 exp go to state 2
7468 @end example
7469
7470 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
7471 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
7472 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
7473 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
7474 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
7475 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
7476 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
7477 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
7478
7479 @cindex core, item set
7480 @cindex item set core
7481 @cindex kernel, item set
7482 @cindex item set core
7483 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
7484 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
7485 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
7486 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
7487 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
7488 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
7489 be derived:
7490
7491 @example
7492 state 0
7493
7494 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7495 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
7496 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
7497 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
7498 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
7499 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
7500
7501 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7502
7503 exp go to state 2
7504 @end example
7505
7506 @noindent
7507 In the state 1...
7508
7509 @example
7510 state 1
7511
7512 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7513
7514 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7515 @end example
7516
7517 @noindent
7518 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7519 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7520 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7521 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7522
7523 @example
7524 state 2
7525
7526 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7527 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7528 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7529 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7530 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7531
7532 $ shift, and go to state 3
7533 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7534 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7535 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7536 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7537 @end example
7538
7539 @noindent
7540 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7541 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7542 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7543 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7544 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7545 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7546
7547 @cindex accepting state
7548 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7549 state}:
7550
7551 @example
7552 state 3
7553
7554 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7555
7556 $default accept
7557 @end example
7558
7559 @noindent
7560 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7561 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7562
7563 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7564 the reader.
7565
7566 @example
7567 state 4
7568
7569 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7570
7571 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7572
7573 exp go to state 8
7574
7575 state 5
7576
7577 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7578
7579 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7580
7581 exp go to state 9
7582
7583 state 6
7584
7585 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7586
7587 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7588
7589 exp go to state 10
7590
7591 state 7
7592
7593 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7594
7595 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7596
7597 exp go to state 11
7598 @end example
7599
7600 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7601 1 shift/reduce}:
7602
7603 @example
7604 state 8
7605
7606 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7607 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7608 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7609 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7610 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7611
7612 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7613 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7614
7615 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7616 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7617 @end example
7618
7619 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7620 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7621 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7622 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7623 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7624 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7625 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7626 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7627
7628 Because in deterministic parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7629 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7630 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7631 square brackets.
7632
7633 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7634 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7635 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7636 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7637 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7638 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7639 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7640 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7641 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7642 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7643 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7644 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7645
7646 @example
7647 state 8
7648
7649 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7650 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7651 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7652 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7653 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7654
7655 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7656 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7657
7658 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7659 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7660 @end example
7661
7662 The remaining states are similar:
7663
7664 @example
7665 state 9
7666
7667 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7668 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7669 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7670 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7671 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7672
7673 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7674 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7675
7676 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7677 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7678
7679 state 10
7680
7681 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7682 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7683 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7684 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7685 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7686
7687 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7688
7689 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7690 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7691
7692 state 11
7693
7694 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7695 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7696 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7697 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7698 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7699
7700 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7701 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7702 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7703 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7704
7705 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7706 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7707 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7708 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7709 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7710 @end example
7711
7712 @noindent
7713 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7714 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7715 @samp{*}, but also because the
7716 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7717
7718
7719 @node Tracing
7720 @section Tracing Your Parser
7721 @findex yydebug
7722 @cindex debugging
7723 @cindex tracing the parser
7724
7725 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7726 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7727
7728 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7729
7730 @table @asis
7731 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7732 @findex YYDEBUG
7733 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7734 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7735 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7736 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7737 Prologue}).
7738
7739 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7740 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7741 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7742
7743 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7744 @findex %debug
7745 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7746 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7747 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7748 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7749 you, this is
7750 the preferred solution.
7751 @end table
7752
7753 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7754 always possible.
7755
7756 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7757 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7758 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7759 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7760 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7761 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7762
7763 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7764 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7765 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7766 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7767
7768 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7769 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7770 messages tell you these things:
7771
7772 @itemize @bullet
7773 @item
7774 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7775
7776 @item
7777 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7778 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7779
7780 @item
7781 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7782 of the state stack afterward.
7783 @end itemize
7784
7785 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7786 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7787 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7788 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7789 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7790 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7791 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7792 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7793 grammar are to blame.
7794
7795 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7796 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7797 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7798 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7799 the grammar it is working.
7800
7801 @findex YYPRINT
7802 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7803 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7804 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7805 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7806 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7807 value (from @code{yylval}).
7808
7809 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7810 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Declarations, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7811
7812 @smallexample
7813 %@{
7814 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7815 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7816 %@}
7817
7818 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7819
7820 static void
7821 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7822 @{
7823 if (type == VAR)
7824 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7825 else if (type == NUM)
7826 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7827 @}
7828 @end smallexample
7829
7830 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7831
7832 @node Invocation
7833 @chapter Invoking Bison
7834 @cindex invoking Bison
7835 @cindex Bison invocation
7836 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7837
7838 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7839
7840 @example
7841 bison @var{infile}
7842 @end example
7843
7844 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7845 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7846 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7847 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7848 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7849 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7850 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7851 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7852 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7853 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7854 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7855 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7856
7857 For example :
7858
7859 @example
7860 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7861 @end example
7862 @noindent
7863 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7864
7865 @example
7866 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7867 @end example
7868 @noindent
7869 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7870
7871 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7872 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7873 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7874
7875 @menu
7876 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7877 in alphabetical order by short options.
7878 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7879 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7880 @end menu
7881
7882 @node Bison Options
7883 @section Bison Options
7884
7885 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7886 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7887 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7888 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7889 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7890 @samp{=}.
7891
7892 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7893 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7894 option.
7895
7896 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7897 @noindent
7898 Operations modes:
7899 @table @option
7900 @item -h
7901 @itemx --help
7902 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7903
7904 @item -V
7905 @itemx --version
7906 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7907
7908 @item --print-localedir
7909 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7910
7911 @item --print-datadir
7912 Print the name of the directory containing skeletons and XSLT.
7913
7914 @item -y
7915 @itemx --yacc
7916 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7917 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7918 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7919 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7920 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7921 @file{y.tab.h}.
7922 Also, if generating a deterministic parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7923 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7924 names.
7925 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7926 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7927
7928 @example
7929 #! /bin/sh
7930 bison -y "$@@"
7931 @end example
7932
7933 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7934 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7935 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7936 this option is specified.
7937
7938 @item -W [@var{category}]
7939 @itemx --warnings[=@var{category}]
7940 Output warnings falling in @var{category}. @var{category} can be one
7941 of:
7942 @table @code
7943 @item midrule-values
7944 Warn about mid-rule values that are set but not used within any of the actions
7945 of the parent rule.
7946 For example, warn about unused @code{$2} in:
7947
7948 @example
7949 exp: '1' @{ $$ = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $4; @};
7950 @end example
7951
7952 Also warn about mid-rule values that are used but not set.
7953 For example, warn about unset @code{$$} in the mid-rule action in:
7954
7955 @example
7956 exp: '1' @{ $1 = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $2 + $4; @};
7957 @end example
7958
7959 These warnings are not enabled by default since they sometimes prove to
7960 be false alarms in existing grammars employing the Yacc constructs
7961 @code{$0} or @code{$-@var{n}} (where @var{n} is some positive integer).
7962
7963
7964 @item yacc
7965 Incompatibilities with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc.
7966
7967 @item all
7968 All the warnings.
7969 @item none
7970 Turn off all the warnings.
7971 @item error
7972 Treat warnings as errors.
7973 @end table
7974
7975 A category can be turned off by prefixing its name with @samp{no-}. For
7976 instance, @option{-Wno-syntax} will hide the warnings about unused
7977 variables.
7978 @end table
7979
7980 @noindent
7981 Tuning the parser:
7982
7983 @table @option
7984 @item -t
7985 @itemx --debug
7986 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7987 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7988 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7989
7990 @item -D @var{name}[=@var{value}]
7991 @itemx --define=@var{name}[=@var{value}]
7992 Same as running @samp{%define @var{name} "@var{value}"} (@pxref{Decl
7993 Summary, ,%define}).
7994
7995 @item -L @var{language}
7996 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7997 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7998 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7999 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
8000 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
8001
8002 This option is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
8003 releases.
8004
8005 @item --locations
8006 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8007
8008 @item -p @var{prefix}
8009 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
8010 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
8011 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8012
8013 @item -l
8014 @itemx --no-lines
8015 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
8016 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
8017 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
8018 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
8019 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
8020
8021 @item -S @var{file}
8022 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
8023 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
8024 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
8025
8026 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
8027 @c You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
8028 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
8029 @c choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
8030
8031 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
8032 file in the Bison installation directory.
8033 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
8034 current working directory.
8035 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
8036
8037 @item -k
8038 @itemx --token-table
8039 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8040 @end table
8041
8042 @noindent
8043 Adjust the output:
8044
8045 @table @option
8046 @item --defines[=@var{file}]
8047 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
8048 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
8049 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8050
8051 @item -d
8052 This is the same as @code{--defines} except @code{-d} does not accept a
8053 @var{file} argument since POSIX Yacc requires that @code{-d} can be bundled
8054 with other short options.
8055
8056 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
8057 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
8058 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
8059 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8060
8061 @item -r @var{things}
8062 @itemx --report=@var{things}
8063 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
8064 separated list of @var{things} among:
8065
8066 @table @code
8067 @item state
8068 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
8069 parser's automaton.
8070
8071 @item lookahead
8072 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
8073 each rule's lookahead set.
8074
8075 @item itemset
8076 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
8077 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
8078 @end table
8079
8080 @item --report-file=@var{file}
8081 Specify the @var{file} for the verbose description.
8082
8083 @item -v
8084 @itemx --verbose
8085 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
8086 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
8087 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8088
8089 @item -o @var{file}
8090 @itemx --output=@var{file}
8091 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
8092
8093 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
8094 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
8095
8096 @item -g [@var{file}]
8097 @itemx --graph[=@var{file}]
8098 Output a graphical representation of the parser's
8099 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
8100 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
8101 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8102 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8103 @file{foo.dot}.
8104
8105 @item -x [@var{file}]
8106 @itemx --xml[=@var{file}]
8107 Output an XML report of the parser's automaton computed by Bison.
8108 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8109 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8110 @file{foo.xml}.
8111 (The current XML schema is experimental and may evolve.
8112 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8113 @end table
8114
8115 @node Option Cross Key
8116 @section Option Cross Key
8117
8118 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
8119 the corresponding short option.
8120
8121 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-D @var{name}[=@var{value}]}} {@code{%nondeterministic-parser}}
8122 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option @tab Bison Directive
8123 @include cross-options.texi
8124 @end multitable
8125
8126 @node Yacc Library
8127 @section Yacc Library
8128
8129 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
8130 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
8131 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
8132 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
8133 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
8134 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
8135 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
8136
8137 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
8138 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
8139
8140 @example
8141 int yyerror (char const *);
8142 @end example
8143
8144 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
8145 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
8146 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
8147
8148 @example
8149 int yyparse (void);
8150 @end example
8151
8152 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
8153
8154 @node Other Languages
8155 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
8156
8157 @menu
8158 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
8159 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
8160 @end menu
8161
8162 @node C++ Parsers
8163 @section C++ Parsers
8164
8165 @menu
8166 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
8167 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
8168 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
8169 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8170 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
8171 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
8172 @end menu
8173
8174 @node C++ Bison Interface
8175 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
8176 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
8177 @c - Always pure
8178 @c - initial action
8179
8180 The C++ deterministic parser is selected using the skeleton directive,
8181 @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.c"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8182 @option{--skeleton=lalr1.c}.
8183 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8184
8185 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities in the @samp{yy}
8186 namespace.
8187 @findex %define namespace
8188 Use the @samp{%define namespace} directive to change the namespace name, see
8189 @ref{Decl Summary}.
8190 The various classes are generated in the following files:
8191
8192 @table @file
8193 @item position.hh
8194 @itemx location.hh
8195 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
8196 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
8197
8198 @item stack.hh
8199 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
8200
8201 @item @var{file}.hh
8202 @itemx @var{file}.cc
8203 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
8204 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
8205 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
8206 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
8207
8208 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
8209 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
8210 @samp{%defines} directive.
8211 @end table
8212
8213 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
8214 for a complete and accurate documentation.
8215
8216 @node C++ Semantic Values
8217 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
8218 @c - No objects in unions
8219 @c - YYSTYPE
8220 @c - Printer and destructor
8221
8222 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
8223 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
8224 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
8225 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
8226 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
8227 @itemize @minus
8228 @item
8229 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
8230 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
8231 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
8232 @item
8233 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
8234 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
8235 to such objects are allowed.
8236 @end itemize
8237
8238 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
8239 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
8240 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
8241 Symbols}.
8242
8243
8244 @node C++ Location Values
8245 @subsection C++ Location Values
8246 @c - %locations
8247 @c - class Position
8248 @c - class Location
8249 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
8250
8251 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
8252 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
8253 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
8254 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
8255 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
8256
8257 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
8258 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
8259 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
8260 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
8261 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
8262 @end deftypemethod
8263
8264 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
8265 The line, starting at 1.
8266 @end deftypemethod
8267
8268 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8269 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
8270 @end deftypemethod
8271
8272 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
8273 The column, starting at 0.
8274 @end deftypemethod
8275
8276 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8277 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
8278 @end deftypemethod
8279
8280 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8281 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8282 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8283 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8284 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
8285 @end deftypemethod
8286
8287 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
8288 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
8289 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
8290 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
8291 @end deftypemethod
8292
8293 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
8294 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
8295 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8296 @end deftypemethod
8297
8298 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8299 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8300 Advance the @code{end} position.
8301 @end deftypemethod
8302
8303 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
8304 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
8305 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
8306 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
8307 @end deftypemethod
8308
8309 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
8310 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
8311 @end deftypemethod
8312
8313
8314 @node C++ Parser Interface
8315 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
8316 @c - define parser_class_name
8317 @c - Ctor
8318 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8319 @c debug_stream.
8320 @c - Reporting errors
8321
8322 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
8323 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
8324 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
8325 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
8326 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
8327 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
8328 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
8329 additional argument for its constructor.
8330
8331 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
8332 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
8333 The types for semantics value and locations.
8334 @end defcv
8335
8336 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8337 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8338 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8339 @end deftypemethod
8340
8341 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
8342 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
8343 @end deftypemethod
8344
8345 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
8346 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
8347 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8348 @code{std::cerr}.
8349 @end deftypemethod
8350
8351 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
8352 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
8353 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8354 or nonzero, full tracing.
8355 @end deftypemethod
8356
8357 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
8358 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
8359 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
8360 described by @var{m}.
8361 @end deftypemethod
8362
8363
8364 @node C++ Scanner Interface
8365 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
8366 @c - prefix for yylex.
8367 @c - Pure interface to yylex
8368 @c - %lex-param
8369
8370 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
8371 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
8372 @code{%define api.pure} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
8373
8374 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8375 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8376 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
8377 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8378 @end deftypemethod
8379
8380
8381 @node A Complete C++ Example
8382 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
8383
8384 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
8385 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
8386 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
8387 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
8388 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
8389 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
8390 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
8391 actually easier to interface with.
8392
8393 @menu
8394 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
8395 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
8396 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
8397 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
8398 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
8399 @end menu
8400
8401 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8402 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8403
8404 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
8405 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
8406 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
8407 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
8408 of valid input follows.
8409
8410 @example
8411 three := 3
8412 seven := one + two * three
8413 seven * seven
8414 @end example
8415
8416 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
8417 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
8418 @c - An env
8419 @c - A place to store error messages
8420 @c - A place for the result
8421
8422 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
8423 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
8424 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
8425 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
8426 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
8427 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
8428 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
8429
8430 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
8431 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
8432 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
8433 class.
8434
8435 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8436 @example
8437 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8438 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8439 # include <string>
8440 # include <map>
8441 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8442 @end example
8443
8444
8445 @noindent
8446 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
8447 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
8448 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
8449 factor both as follows.
8450
8451 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8452 @example
8453 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
8454 # define YY_DECL \
8455 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
8456 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
8457 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
8458 calcxx_driver& driver)
8459 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
8460 YY_DECL;
8461 @end example
8462
8463 @noindent
8464 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
8465 members.
8466
8467 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8468 @example
8469 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
8470 class calcxx_driver
8471 @{
8472 public:
8473 calcxx_driver ();
8474 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
8475
8476 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
8477
8478 int result;
8479 @end example
8480
8481 @noindent
8482 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
8483 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
8484
8485 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8486 @example
8487 // Handling the scanner.
8488 void scan_begin ();
8489 void scan_end ();
8490 bool trace_scanning;
8491 @end example
8492
8493 @noindent
8494 Similarly for the parser itself.
8495
8496 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8497 @example
8498 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
8499 int parse (const std::string& f);
8500 std::string file;
8501 bool trace_parsing;
8502 @end example
8503
8504 @noindent
8505 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
8506 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
8507 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
8508 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
8509
8510 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8511 @example
8512 // Error handling.
8513 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
8514 void error (const std::string& m);
8515 @};
8516 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8517 @end example
8518
8519 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
8520 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
8521 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
8522 messages and set error state.
8523
8524 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
8525 @example
8526 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8527 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
8528
8529 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
8530 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
8531 @{
8532 variables["one"] = 1;
8533 variables["two"] = 2;
8534 @}
8535
8536 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
8537 @{
8538 @}
8539
8540 int
8541 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
8542 @{
8543 file = f;
8544 scan_begin ();
8545 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
8546 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
8547 int res = parser.parse ();
8548 scan_end ();
8549 return res;
8550 @}
8551
8552 void
8553 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
8554 @{
8555 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
8556 @}
8557
8558 void
8559 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8560 @{
8561 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8562 @}
8563 @end example
8564
8565 @node Calc++ Parser
8566 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8567
8568 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8569 the C++ deterministic parser skeleton, the creation of the parser header
8570 file, and specifies the name of the parser class.
8571 Because the C++ skeleton changed several times, it is safer to require
8572 the version you designed the grammar for.
8573
8574 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8575 @example
8576 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8577 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8578 %defines
8579 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8580 @end example
8581
8582 @noindent
8583 @findex %code requires
8584 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8585 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8586 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8587 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8588 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8589 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8590 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8591
8592 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8593 @example
8594 %code requires @{
8595 # include <string>
8596 class calcxx_driver;
8597 @}
8598 @end example
8599
8600 @noindent
8601 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8602 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8603 global variables.
8604
8605 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8606 @example
8607 // The parsing context.
8608 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8609 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8610 @end example
8611
8612 @noindent
8613 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8614 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8615 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8616 automatically propagated.
8617
8618 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8619 @example
8620 %locations
8621 %initial-action
8622 @{
8623 // Initialize the initial location.
8624 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8625 @};
8626 @end example
8627
8628 @noindent
8629 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8630 error messages.
8631
8632 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8633 @example
8634 %debug
8635 %error-verbose
8636 @end example
8637
8638 @noindent
8639 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8640 them.
8641
8642 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8643 @example
8644 // Symbols.
8645 %union
8646 @{
8647 int ival;
8648 std::string *sval;
8649 @};
8650 @end example
8651
8652 @noindent
8653 @findex %code
8654 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8655 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8656
8657 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8658 @example
8659 %code @{
8660 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8661 @}
8662 @end example
8663
8664
8665 @noindent
8666 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8667 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8668 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8669 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8670 avoid name clashes.
8671
8672 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8673 @example
8674 %token END 0 "end of file"
8675 %token ASSIGN ":="
8676 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8677 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8678 %type <ival> exp
8679 @end example
8680
8681 @noindent
8682 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8683 @code{%destructor}.
8684
8685 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8686 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8687 @example
8688 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8689 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8690
8691 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8692 @end example
8693
8694 @noindent
8695 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8696
8697 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8698 @example
8699 %%
8700 %start unit;
8701 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8702
8703 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8704 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8705
8706 assignment:
8707 "identifier" ":=" exp
8708 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8709
8710 %left '+' '-';
8711 %left '*' '/';
8712 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8713 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8714 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8715 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8716 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8717 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8718 %%
8719 @end example
8720
8721 @noindent
8722 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8723 driver.
8724
8725 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8726 @example
8727 void
8728 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8729 const std::string& m)
8730 @{
8731 driver.error (l, m);
8732 @}
8733 @end example
8734
8735 @node Calc++ Scanner
8736 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8737
8738 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8739 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8740
8741 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8742 @example
8743 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8744 # include <cstdlib>
8745 # include <errno.h>
8746 # include <limits.h>
8747 # include <string>
8748 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8749 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8750
8751 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8752 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8753 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8754 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8755 # undef yywrap
8756 # define yywrap() 1
8757
8758 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8759 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8760 not of token_type. */
8761 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8762 %@}
8763 @end example
8764
8765 @noindent
8766 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8767 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8768 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8769 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8770
8771 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8772 @example
8773 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8774 @end example
8775
8776 @noindent
8777 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8778
8779 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8780 @example
8781 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8782 int [0-9]+
8783 blank [ \t]
8784 @end example
8785
8786 @noindent
8787 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8788 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8789 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8790 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8791 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8792 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8793 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8794
8795 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8796 @example
8797 %@{
8798 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8799 %@}
8800 %%
8801 %@{
8802 yylloc->step ();
8803 %@}
8804 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8805 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8806 @end example
8807
8808 @noindent
8809 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8810 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8811 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8812 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8813
8814 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8815 @example
8816 %@{
8817 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8818 %@}
8819 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8820 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8821 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8822 @{int@} @{
8823 errno = 0;
8824 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8825 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8826 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8827 yylval->ival = n;
8828 return token::NUMBER;
8829 @}
8830 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8831 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8832 %%
8833 @end example
8834
8835 @noindent
8836 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8837 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8838
8839 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8840 @example
8841 void
8842 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8843 @{
8844 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8845 if (file == "-")
8846 yyin = stdin;
8847 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8848 @{
8849 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8850 exit (1);
8851 @}
8852 @}
8853
8854 void
8855 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8856 @{
8857 fclose (yyin);
8858 @}
8859 @end example
8860
8861 @node Calc++ Top Level
8862 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8863
8864 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8865
8866 @comment file: calc++.cc
8867 @example
8868 #include <iostream>
8869 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8870
8871 int
8872 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8873 @{
8874 calcxx_driver driver;
8875 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8876 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8877 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8878 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8879 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8880 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8881 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8882 @}
8883 @end example
8884
8885 @node Java Parsers
8886 @section Java Parsers
8887
8888 @menu
8889 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8890 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8891 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8892 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8893 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
8894 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
8895 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8896 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
8897 @end menu
8898
8899 @node Java Bison Interface
8900 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8901 @c - %language "Java"
8902
8903 (The current Java interface is experimental and may evolve.
8904 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8905
8906 The Java parser skeletons are selected using the @code{%language "Java"}
8907 directive or the @option{-L java}/@option{--language=java} option.
8908
8909 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8910 When generating a Java parser, @code{bison @var{basename}.y} will create
8911 a single Java source file named @file{@var{basename}.java}. Using an
8912 input file without a @file{.y} suffix is currently broken. The basename
8913 of the output file can be changed by the @code{%file-prefix} directive
8914 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. The entire output file
8915 name can be changed by the @code{%output} directive or the
8916 @option{-o}/@option{--output} option. The output file contains a single
8917 class for the parser.
8918
8919 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8920
8921 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8922 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8923 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8924 and @code{%define api.pure} directives does not do anything when used in
8925 Java.
8926
8927 Push parsers are currently unsupported in Java and @code{%define
8928 api.push_pull} have no effect.
8929
8930 @acronym{GLR} parsers are currently unsupported in Java. Do not use the
8931 @code{glr-parser} directive.
8932
8933 No header file can be generated for Java parsers. Do not use the
8934 @code{%defines} directive or the @option{-d}/@option{--defines} options.
8935
8936 @c FIXME: Possible code change.
8937 Currently, support for debugging and verbose errors are always compiled
8938 in. Thus the @code{%debug} and @code{%token-table} directives and the
8939 @option{-t}/@option{--debug} and @option{-k}/@option{--token-table}
8940 options have no effect. This may change in the future to eliminate
8941 unused code in the generated parser, so use @code{%debug} and
8942 @code{%verbose-error} explicitly if needed. Also, in the future the
8943 @code{%token-table} directive might enable a public interface to
8944 access the token names and codes.
8945
8946 @node Java Semantic Values
8947 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8948 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8949 @c - YYSTYPE
8950 @c - Printer and destructor
8951
8952 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8953 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8954 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8955
8956 @example
8957 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8958 %type <Integer> number
8959 @end example
8960
8961 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8962 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8963 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8964 superclass of all the semantic values using the @code{%define stype}
8965 directive. For example, after the following declaration:
8966
8967 @example
8968 %define stype "ASTNode"
8969 @end example
8970
8971 @noindent
8972 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8973 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8974
8975 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8976 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8977 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8978 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8979 Generic types may not be used; this is due to a limitation in the
8980 implementation of Bison, and may change in future releases.
8981
8982 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8983 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8984 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8985
8986 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8987 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8988 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8989
8990
8991 @node Java Location Values
8992 @subsection Java Location Values
8993 @c - %locations
8994 @c - class Position
8995 @c - class Location
8996
8997 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
8998 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8999 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
9000 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
9001 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
9002 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
9003 is @code{Location} by default, and may also be renamed using
9004 @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}}.
9005
9006 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
9007 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
9008 with @code{%define position_type "@var{class-name}"}. This class must
9009 be supplied by the user.
9010
9011
9012 @deftypeivar {Location} {Position} begin
9013 @deftypeivarx {Location} {Position} end
9014 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
9015 @end deftypeivar
9016
9017 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{loc})
9018 Create a @code{Location} denoting an empty range located at a given point.
9019 @end deftypeop
9020
9021 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{begin}, Position @var{end})
9022 Create a @code{Location} from the endpoints of the range.
9023 @end deftypeop
9024
9025 @deftypemethod {Location} {String} toString ()
9026 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
9027 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
9028 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
9029 @end deftypemethod
9030
9031
9032 @node Java Parser Interface
9033 @subsection Java Parser Interface
9034 @c - define parser_class_name
9035 @c - Ctor
9036 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
9037 @c debug_stream.
9038 @c - Reporting errors
9039
9040 The name of the generated parser class defaults to @code{YYParser}. The
9041 @code{YY} prefix may be changed using the @code{%name-prefix} directive
9042 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. Alternatively, use
9043 @code{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to
9044 the class. The interface of this class is detailed below.
9045
9046 By default, the parser class has package visibility. A declaration
9047 @code{%define public} will change to public visibility. Remember that,
9048 according to the Java language specification, the name of the @file{.java}
9049 file should match the name of the class in this case. Similarly, you can
9050 use @code{abstract}, @code{final} and @code{strictfp} with the
9051 @code{%define} declaration to add other modifiers to the parser class.
9052
9053 The Java package name of the parser class can be specified using the
9054 @code{%define package} directive. The superclass and the implemented
9055 interfaces of the parser class can be specified with the @code{%define
9056 extends} and @code{%define implements} directives.
9057
9058 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
9059 for location tracking (see @ref{Java Location Values}), and a inner
9060 interface, @code{Lexer} (see @ref{Java Scanner Interface}). Other than
9061 these inner class/interface, and the members described in the interface
9062 below, all the other members and fields are preceded with a @code{yy} or
9063 @code{YY} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
9064
9065 @c FIXME: The following constants and variables are still undocumented:
9066 @c @code{bisonVersion}, @code{bisonSkeleton} and @code{errorVerbose}.
9067
9068 The parser class can be extended using the @code{%parse-param}
9069 directive. Each occurrence of the directive will add a @code{protected
9070 final} field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor,
9071 which initialize them automatically.
9072
9073 Token names defined by @code{%token} and the predefined @code{EOF} token
9074 name are added as constant fields to the parser class.
9075
9076 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{lex_param}, @dots{}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
9077 Build a new parser object with embedded @code{%code lexer}. There are
9078 no parameters, unless @code{%parse-param}s and/or @code{%lex-param}s are
9079 used.
9080 @end deftypeop
9081
9082 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (Lexer @var{lexer}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
9083 Build a new parser object using the specified scanner. There are no
9084 additional parameters unless @code{%parse-param}s are used.
9085
9086 If the scanner is defined by @code{%code lexer}, this constructor is
9087 declared @code{protected} and is called automatically with a scanner
9088 created with the correct @code{%lex-param}s.
9089 @end deftypeop
9090
9091 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
9092 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
9093 @code{false} otherwise.
9094 @end deftypemethod
9095
9096 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
9097 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
9098 from a syntax error.
9099 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9100 @end deftypemethod
9101
9102 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
9103 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
9104 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
9105 @code{System.err}.
9106 @end deftypemethod
9107
9108 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
9109 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
9110 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
9111 or nonzero, full tracing.
9112 @end deftypemethod
9113
9114
9115 @node Java Scanner Interface
9116 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
9117 @c - %code lexer
9118 @c - %lex-param
9119 @c - Lexer interface
9120
9121 There are two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java parser
9122 with a scanner: the scanner may be defined by @code{%code lexer}, or
9123 defined elsewhere. In either case, the scanner has to implement the
9124 @code{Lexer} inner interface of the parser class.
9125
9126 In the first case, the body of the scanner class is placed in
9127 @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want to pass parameters from the
9128 parser constructor to the scanner constructor, specify them with
9129 @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before @code{%parse-param}s to the
9130 constructor.
9131
9132 In the second case, the scanner has to implement the @code{Lexer} interface,
9133 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
9134 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
9135 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
9136 case.
9137
9138 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
9139
9140 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9141 This method is defined by the user to emit an error message. The first
9142 parameter is omitted if location tracking is not active. Its type can be
9143 changed using @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}".}
9144 @end deftypemethod
9145
9146 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex ()
9147 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
9148 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
9149 interface.
9150
9151 Use @code{%define lex_throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions.
9152 Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9153 @end deftypemethod
9154
9155 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
9156 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
9157 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
9158 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
9159 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
9160
9161 The return type can be changed using @code{%define position_type
9162 "@var{class-name}".}
9163 @end deftypemethod
9164
9165 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
9166 Return the semantical value of the last token that yylex returned.
9167
9168 The return type can be changed using @code{%define stype
9169 "@var{class-name}".}
9170 @end deftypemethod
9171
9172
9173 @node Java Action Features
9174 @subsection Special Features for Use in Java Actions
9175
9176 The following special constructs can be uses in Java actions.
9177 Other analogous C action features are currently unavailable for Java.
9178
9179 Use @code{%define throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions from parser
9180 actions, and initial actions specified by @code{%initial-action}.
9181
9182 @defvar $@var{n}
9183 The semantic value for the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9184 This may not be assigned to.
9185 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9186 @end defvar
9187
9188 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
9189 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies a alternative type @var{typealt}.
9190 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9191 @end defvar
9192
9193 @defvar $$
9194 The semantic value for the grouping made by the current rule. As a
9195 value, this is in the base type (@code{Object} or as specified by
9196 @code{%define stype}) as in not cast to the declared subtype because
9197 casts are not allowed on the left-hand side of Java assignments.
9198 Use an explicit Java cast if the correct subtype is needed.
9199 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9200 @end defvar
9201
9202 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>$
9203 Same as @code{$$} since Java always allow assigning to the base type.
9204 Perhaps we should use this and @code{$<>$} for the value and @code{$$}
9205 for setting the value but there is currently no easy way to distinguish
9206 these constructs.
9207 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9208 @end defvar
9209
9210 @defvar @@@var{n}
9211 The location information of the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9212 This may not be assigned to.
9213 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9214 @end defvar
9215
9216 @defvar @@$
9217 The location information of the grouping made by the current rule.
9218 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9219 @end defvar
9220
9221 @deffn {Statement} {return YYABORT;}
9222 Return immediately from the parser, indicating failure.
9223 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9224 @end deffn
9225
9226 @deffn {Statement} {return YYACCEPT;}
9227 Return immediately from the parser, indicating success.
9228 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9229 @end deffn
9230
9231 @deffn {Statement} {return YYERROR;}
9232 Start error recovery without printing an error message.
9233 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9234 @end deffn
9235
9236 @deffn {Statement} {return YYFAIL;}
9237 Print an error message and start error recovery.
9238 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9239 @end deffn
9240
9241 @deftypefn {Function} {boolean} recovering ()
9242 Return whether error recovery is being done. In this state, the parser
9243 reads token until it reaches a known state, and then restarts normal
9244 operation.
9245 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9246 @end deftypefn
9247
9248 @deftypefn {Function} {protected void} yyerror (String msg)
9249 @deftypefnx {Function} {protected void} yyerror (Position pos, String msg)
9250 @deftypefnx {Function} {protected void} yyerror (Location loc, String msg)
9251 Print an error message using the @code{yyerror} method of the scanner
9252 instance in use.
9253 @end deftypefn
9254
9255
9256 @node Java Differences
9257 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
9258
9259 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
9260 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
9261 section summarizes these differences.
9262
9263 @itemize
9264 @item
9265 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
9266 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
9267 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
9268 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
9269 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
9270 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
9271 See @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9272
9273 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
9274 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
9275 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
9276 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
9277 corresponds to these C macros.}.
9278
9279 @item
9280 Java lacks unions, so @code{%union} has no effect. Instead, semantic
9281 values have a common base type: @code{Object} or as specified by
9282 @code{%define stype}. Angle backets on @code{%token}, @code{type},
9283 @code{$@var{n}} and @code{$$} specify subtypes rather than fields of
9284 an union. The type of @code{$$}, even with angle brackets, is the base
9285 type since Java casts are not allow on the left-hand side of assignments.
9286 Also, @code{$@var{n}} and @code{@@@var{n}} are not allowed on the
9287 left-hand side of assignments. See @pxref{Java Semantic Values} and
9288 @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9289
9290 @item
9291 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
9292 @table @asis
9293 @item @code{%code imports}
9294 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
9295 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
9296 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
9297
9298 @item unqualified @code{%code}
9299 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
9300
9301 @item @code{%code lexer}
9302 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
9303 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
9304 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
9305 Interface}).
9306 @end table
9307
9308 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
9309 In particular, @code{%@{ @dots{} %@}} blocks should not be used
9310 and may give an error in future versions of Bison.
9311
9312 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
9313 be used to define other classes used by the parser @emph{outside}
9314 the parser class.
9315 @end itemize
9316
9317
9318 @node Java Declarations Summary
9319 @subsection Java Declarations Summary
9320
9321 This summary only include declarations specific to Java or have special
9322 meaning when used in a Java parser.
9323
9324 @deffn {Directive} {%language "Java"}
9325 Generate a Java class for the parser.
9326 @end deffn
9327
9328 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9329 A parameter for the lexer class defined by @code{%code lexer}
9330 @emph{only}, added as parameters to the lexer constructor and the parser
9331 constructor that @emph{creates} a lexer. Default is none.
9332 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9333 @end deffn
9334
9335 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9336 The prefix of the parser class name @code{@var{prefix}Parser} if
9337 @code{%define parser_class_name} is not used. Default is @code{YY}.
9338 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9339 @end deffn
9340
9341 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9342 A parameter for the parser class added as parameters to constructor(s)
9343 and as fields initialized by the constructor(s). Default is none.
9344 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9345 @end deffn
9346
9347 @deffn {Directive} %token <@var{type}> @var{token} @dots{}
9348 Declare tokens. Note that the angle brackets enclose a Java @emph{type}.
9349 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9350 @end deffn
9351
9352 @deffn {Directive} %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal} @dots{}
9353 Declare the type of nonterminals. Note that the angle brackets enclose
9354 a Java @emph{type}.
9355 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9356 @end deffn
9357
9358 @deffn {Directive} %code @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9359 Code appended to the inside of the parser class.
9360 @xref{Java Differences}.
9361 @end deffn
9362
9363 @deffn {Directive} {%code imports} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9364 Code inserted just after the @code{package} declaration.
9365 @xref{Java Differences}.
9366 @end deffn
9367
9368 @deffn {Directive} {%code lexer} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9369 Code added to the body of a inner lexer class within the parser class.
9370 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9371 @end deffn
9372
9373 @deffn {Directive} %% @var{code} @dots{}
9374 Code (after the second @code{%%}) appended to the end of the file,
9375 @emph{outside} the parser class.
9376 @xref{Java Differences}.
9377 @end deffn
9378
9379 @deffn {Directive} %@{ @var{code} @dots{} %@}
9380 Not supported. Use @code{%code import} instead.
9381 @xref{Java Differences}.
9382 @end deffn
9383
9384 @deffn {Directive} {%define abstract}
9385 Whether the parser class is declared @code{abstract}. Default is false.
9386 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9387 @end deffn
9388
9389 @deffn {Directive} {%define extends} "@var{superclass}"
9390 The superclass of the parser class. Default is none.
9391 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9392 @end deffn
9393
9394 @deffn {Directive} {%define final}
9395 Whether the parser class is declared @code{final}. Default is false.
9396 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9397 @end deffn
9398
9399 @deffn {Directive} {%define implements} "@var{interfaces}"
9400 The implemented interfaces of the parser class, a comma-separated list.
9401 Default is none.
9402 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9403 @end deffn
9404
9405 @deffn {Directive} {%define lex_throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9406 The exceptions thrown by the @code{yylex} method of the lexer, a
9407 comma-separated list. Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9408 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9409 @end deffn
9410
9411 @deffn {Directive} {%define location_type} "@var{class}"
9412 The name of the class used for locations (a range between two
9413 positions). This class is generated as an inner class of the parser
9414 class by @command{bison}. Default is @code{Location}.
9415 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9416 @end deffn
9417
9418 @deffn {Directive} {%define package} "@var{package}"
9419 The package to put the parser class in. Default is none.
9420 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9421 @end deffn
9422
9423 @deffn {Directive} {%define parser_class_name} "@var{name}"
9424 The name of the parser class. Default is @code{YYParser} or
9425 @code{@var{name-prefix}Parser}.
9426 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9427 @end deffn
9428
9429 @deffn {Directive} {%define position_type} "@var{class}"
9430 The name of the class used for positions. This class must be supplied by
9431 the user. Default is @code{Position}.
9432 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9433 @end deffn
9434
9435 @deffn {Directive} {%define public}
9436 Whether the parser class is declared @code{public}. Default is false.
9437 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9438 @end deffn
9439
9440 @deffn {Directive} {%define stype} "@var{class}"
9441 The base type of semantic values. Default is @code{Object}.
9442 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9443 @end deffn
9444
9445 @deffn {Directive} {%define strictfp}
9446 Whether the parser class is declared @code{strictfp}. Default is false.
9447 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9448 @end deffn
9449
9450 @deffn {Directive} {%define throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9451 The exceptions thrown by user-supplied parser actions and
9452 @code{%initial-action}, a comma-separated list. Default is none.
9453 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9454 @end deffn
9455
9456
9457 @c ================================================= FAQ
9458
9459 @node FAQ
9460 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
9461 @cindex frequently asked questions
9462 @cindex questions
9463
9464 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
9465 are addressed.
9466
9467 @menu
9468 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
9469 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
9470 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
9471 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
9472 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
9473 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
9474 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
9475 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
9476 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
9477 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
9478 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
9479 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
9480 @end menu
9481
9482 @node Memory Exhausted
9483 @section Memory Exhausted
9484
9485 @display
9486 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
9487 message. What can I do?
9488 @end display
9489
9490 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
9491 ,Recursive Rules}.
9492
9493 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
9494 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
9495
9496 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
9497 following typical questions:
9498
9499 @display
9500 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
9501 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
9502 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
9503 @end display
9504
9505 @noindent
9506 or
9507
9508 @display
9509 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
9510 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
9511 although I did specify @code{%define api.pure}.
9512 @end display
9513
9514 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
9515 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
9516 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
9517 demonstration, consider the following source file,
9518 @file{first-line.l}:
9519
9520 @verbatim
9521 %{
9522 #include <stdio.h>
9523 #include <stdlib.h>
9524 %}
9525 %%
9526 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
9527 %%
9528 int
9529 yyparse (char const *file)
9530 {
9531 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
9532 if (!yyin)
9533 exit (2);
9534 /* One token only. */
9535 yylex ();
9536 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
9537 exit (3);
9538 return 0;
9539 }
9540
9541 int
9542 main (void)
9543 {
9544 yyparse ("input");
9545 yyparse ("input");
9546 return 0;
9547 }
9548 @end verbatim
9549
9550 @noindent
9551 If the file @file{input} contains
9552
9553 @verbatim
9554 input:1: Hello,
9555 input:2: World!
9556 @end verbatim
9557
9558 @noindent
9559 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
9560
9561 @example
9562 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
9563 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
9564 $ @kbd{./first-line}
9565 input:1: Hello,
9566 input:2: World!
9567 @end example
9568
9569 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
9570 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
9571 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
9572 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
9573 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
9574 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
9575 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
9576 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
9577 input buffers.
9578
9579 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
9580 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
9581 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
9582 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
9583
9584 @node Strings are Destroyed
9585 @section Strings are Destroyed
9586
9587 @display
9588 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
9589 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
9590 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
9591 @end display
9592
9593 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
9594 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
9595 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
9596
9597 @verbatim
9598 %{
9599 #include <stdio.h>
9600 char *yylval = NULL;
9601 %}
9602 %%
9603 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
9604 \n /* IGNORE */
9605 %%
9606 int
9607 main ()
9608 {
9609 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
9610 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
9611 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
9612 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
9613 return 0;
9614 }
9615 @end verbatim
9616
9617 If you compile and run this code, you get:
9618
9619 @example
9620 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9621 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9622 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9623 "one
9624 two", "two"
9625 @end example
9626
9627 @noindent
9628 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
9629 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
9630 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
9631 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
9632 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
9633 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
9634
9635 @example
9636 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9637 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9638 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9639 "two", "two"
9640 @end example
9641
9642
9643 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
9644 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
9645
9646 @display
9647 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
9648 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
9649 @end display
9650
9651 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
9652 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
9653 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
9654 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
9655 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
9656 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
9657 execute simple instructions one after the others.
9658
9659 @cindex abstract syntax tree
9660 @cindex @acronym{AST}
9661 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
9662 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
9663 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
9664 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
9665 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
9666 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
9667 compiler.
9668
9669 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
9670 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
9671
9672
9673 @node Multiple start-symbols
9674 @section Multiple start-symbols
9675
9676 @display
9677 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
9678 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
9679 multiple entry points.
9680 @end display
9681
9682 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
9683 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
9684 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
9685 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
9686 real start-symbol:
9687
9688 @example
9689 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
9690 %start start;
9691 start: START_FOO foo
9692 | START_BAR bar;
9693 @end example
9694
9695 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
9696 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
9697
9698 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
9699 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
9700 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
9701 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
9702 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
9703 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
9704 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
9705 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
9706
9707 @example
9708 /* @r{Prologue.} */
9709 %%
9710 %@{
9711 if (start_token)
9712 @{
9713 int t = start_token;
9714 start_token = 0;
9715 return t;
9716 @}
9717 %@}
9718 /* @r{The rules.} */
9719 @end example
9720
9721
9722 @node Secure? Conform?
9723 @section Secure? Conform?
9724
9725 @display
9726 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
9727 @end display
9728
9729 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
9730 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
9731 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
9732 please send us a bug report.
9733
9734 @node I can't build Bison
9735 @section I can't build Bison
9736
9737 @display
9738 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
9739 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
9740 What should I do?
9741 @end display
9742
9743 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
9744 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
9745 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
9746 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
9747 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
9748 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
9749 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
9750
9751
9752 @node Where can I find help?
9753 @section Where can I find help?
9754
9755 @display
9756 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
9757 @end display
9758
9759 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
9760 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
9761 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
9762 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
9763 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
9764 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
9765 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
9766 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
9767 hearts.
9768
9769 @node Bug Reports
9770 @section Bug Reports
9771
9772 @display
9773 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
9774 @end display
9775
9776 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
9777 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
9778 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
9779 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
9780 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
9781
9782 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
9783 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
9784 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
9785 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
9786 easier it will be to fix the bug.
9787
9788 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
9789 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
9790 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
9791 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
9792 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
9793 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
9794
9795 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
9796 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
9797
9798 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
9799
9800 @node More Languages
9801 @section More Languages
9802
9803 @display
9804 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
9805 favorite language here}?
9806 @end display
9807
9808 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
9809 languages; contributions are welcome.
9810
9811 @node Beta Testing
9812 @section Beta Testing
9813
9814 @display
9815 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9816 @end display
9817
9818 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9819 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9820 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9821 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9822 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9823 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9824 essentially halted.
9825
9826 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9827 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9828 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9829 systems are especially welcome.
9830
9831 @node Mailing Lists
9832 @section Mailing Lists
9833
9834 @display
9835 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9836 @end display
9837
9838 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9839
9840 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9841
9842 @node Table of Symbols
9843 @appendix Bison Symbols
9844 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9845 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9846
9847 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9848 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9849 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9850 @end deffn
9851
9852 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9853 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9854 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9855 @end deffn
9856
9857 @deffn {Variable} $$
9858 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9859 @xref{Actions}.
9860 @end deffn
9861
9862 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9863 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9864 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9865 @end deffn
9866
9867 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9868 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9869 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9870 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9871 @end deffn
9872
9873 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9874 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9875 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9876 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9877 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9878 Grammar}.
9879 @end deffn
9880
9881 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9882 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9883 @end deffn
9884
9885 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9886 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9887 Grammar Rules}.
9888 @end deffn
9889
9890 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9891 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9892 @end deffn
9893
9894 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9895 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9896 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9897 @end deffn
9898
9899 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9900 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9901 @code{%printer}.
9902
9903 This feature is experimental.
9904 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9905 feature.
9906
9907 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9908 @end deffn
9909
9910 @deffn {Directive} <>
9911 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9912 @code{%printer}.
9913
9914 This feature is experimental.
9915 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9916 feature.
9917
9918 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9919 @end deffn
9920
9921 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9922 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9923 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9924 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9925 @end deffn
9926
9927 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9928 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9929 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9930 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9931 @end deffn
9932
9933 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9934 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9935 @end deffn
9936
9937 @ifset defaultprec
9938 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9939 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9940 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9941 Precedence}.
9942 @end deffn
9943 @end ifset
9944
9945 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9946 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9947 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9948 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9949 @end deffn
9950
9951 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9952 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9953 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9954 @end deffn
9955
9956 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9957 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9958 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9959 @end deffn
9960
9961 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9962 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9963 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9964 @end deffn
9965
9966 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9967 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9968 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9969 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9970 @end deffn
9971
9972 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9973 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9974 used in the grammar.
9975 @end deffn
9976
9977 @deffn {Symbol} error
9978 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9979 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9980 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9981 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9982 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9983 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9984 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9985 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9986 @end deffn
9987
9988 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9989 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9990 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9991 @end deffn
9992
9993 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9994 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9995 Summary}.
9996 @end deffn
9997
9998 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
9999 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
10000 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
10001 @end deffn
10002
10003 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
10004 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
10005 @end deffn
10006
10007 @deffn {Directive} %language
10008 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
10009 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10010 @end deffn
10011
10012 @deffn {Directive} %left
10013 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
10014 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10015 @end deffn
10016
10017 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
10018 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
10019 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
10020 for Pure Parsers}.
10021 @end deffn
10022
10023 @deffn {Directive} %merge
10024 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
10025 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
10026 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
10027 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
10028 @end deffn
10029
10030 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
10031 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
10032 @end deffn
10033
10034 @ifset defaultprec
10035 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
10036 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
10037 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
10038 Precedence}.
10039 @end deffn
10040 @end ifset
10041
10042 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
10043 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
10044 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
10045 @end deffn
10046
10047 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
10048 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
10049 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10050 @end deffn
10051
10052 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
10053 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
10054 Summary}.
10055 @end deffn
10056
10057 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
10058 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
10059 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
10060 Function @code{yyparse}}.
10061 @end deffn
10062
10063 @deffn {Directive} %prec
10064 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
10065 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
10066 @end deffn
10067
10068 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
10069 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
10070 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
10071 @end deffn
10072
10073 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
10074 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
10075 Require a Version of Bison}.
10076 @end deffn
10077
10078 @deffn {Directive} %right
10079 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
10080 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10081 @end deffn
10082
10083 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
10084 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
10085 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10086 @end deffn
10087
10088 @deffn {Directive} %start
10089 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
10090 Start-Symbol}.
10091 @end deffn
10092
10093 @deffn {Directive} %token
10094 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
10095 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
10096 @end deffn
10097
10098 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
10099 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
10100 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10101 @end deffn
10102
10103 @deffn {Directive} %type
10104 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
10105 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
10106 @end deffn
10107
10108 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
10109 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
10110 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
10111 @code{error}.
10112 @end deffn
10113
10114 @deffn {Directive} %union
10115 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
10116 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
10117 @end deffn
10118
10119 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
10120 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
10121 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
10122 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
10123 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10124
10125 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
10126 instead.
10127 @end deffn
10128
10129 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
10130 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
10131 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
10132 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10133
10134 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
10135 instead.
10136 @end deffn
10137
10138 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
10139 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
10140 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10141 @end deffn
10142
10143 @deffn {Variable} yychar
10144 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
10145 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
10146 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
10147 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10148 @end deffn
10149
10150 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
10151 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
10152 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10153 @end deffn
10154
10155 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
10156 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
10157 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10158 @end deffn
10159
10160 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
10161 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
10162 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
10163 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10164 @end deffn
10165
10166 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
10167 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
10168 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10169 @end deffn
10170
10171 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
10172 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
10173 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
10174 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
10175 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10176
10177 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
10178 instead.
10179 @end deffn
10180
10181 @deffn {Function} yyerror
10182 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
10183 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
10184 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10185 @end deffn
10186
10187 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
10188 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
10189 to request verbose, specific error message strings
10190 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
10191 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
10192 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
10193 @end deffn
10194
10195 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
10196 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
10197 @xref{Memory Management}.
10198 @end deffn
10199
10200 @deffn {Function} yylex
10201 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
10202 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
10203 @code{yylex}}.
10204 @end deffn
10205
10206 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
10207 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
10208 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
10209 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
10210 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10211 @end deffn
10212
10213 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
10214 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
10215 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10216 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10217 @code{yylex}.)
10218 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
10219 grammar actions.
10220 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
10221 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
10222 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
10223 @end deffn
10224
10225 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
10226 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
10227 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
10228 @end deffn
10229
10230 @deffn {Variable} yylval
10231 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
10232 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10233 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10234 @code{yylex}.)
10235 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
10236 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
10237 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
10238 @end deffn
10239
10240 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
10241 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
10242 Management}.
10243 @end deffn
10244
10245 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
10246 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
10247 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}. In a
10248 pure push parser, it is a member of yypstate.)
10249 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10250 @end deffn
10251
10252 @deffn {Function} yyparse
10253 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
10254 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10255 @end deffn
10256
10257 @deffn {Function} yypstate_delete
10258 The function to delete a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10259 call this function to delete the memory associated with a parser.
10260 @xref{Parser Delete Function, ,The Parser Delete Function
10261 @code{yypstate_delete}}.
10262 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10263 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10264 @end deffn
10265
10266 @deffn {Function} yypstate_new
10267 The function to create a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10268 call this function to create a new parser.
10269 @xref{Parser Create Function, ,The Parser Create Function
10270 @code{yypstate_new}}.
10271 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10272 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10273 @end deffn
10274
10275 @deffn {Function} yypull_parse
10276 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10277 parse the rest of the input stream.
10278 @xref{Pull Parser Function, ,The Pull Parser Function
10279 @code{yypull_parse}}.
10280 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10281 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10282 @end deffn
10283
10284 @deffn {Function} yypush_parse
10285 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10286 parse a single token. @xref{Push Parser Function, ,The Push Parser Function
10287 @code{yypush_parse}}.
10288 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10289 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10290 @end deffn
10291
10292 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
10293 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
10294 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
10295 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
10296 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10297 @end deffn
10298
10299 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
10300 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
10301 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
10302 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10303 @end deffn
10304
10305 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
10306 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the
10307 deterministic parser in C needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
10308 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
10309 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
10310 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
10311 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
10312
10313 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
10314 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
10315 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
10316 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
10317 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
10318 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
10319 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
10320 @end deffn
10321
10322 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
10323 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
10324 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
10325 @end deffn
10326
10327 @node Glossary
10328 @appendix Glossary
10329 @cindex glossary
10330
10331 @table @asis
10332 @item Accepting State
10333 A state whose only action is the accept action.
10334 The accepting state is thus a consistent state.
10335 @xref{Understanding,,}.
10336
10337 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
10338 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
10339 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
10340 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
10341 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10342
10343 @item Consistent State
10344 A state containing only one possible action.
10345 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}.
10346
10347 @item Context-free grammars
10348 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
10349 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
10350 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
10351 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
10352 Grammars}.
10353
10354 @item Default Reduction
10355 The reduction that a parser should perform if the current parser state
10356 contains no other action for the lookahead token.
10357 In permitted parser states, Bison declares the reduction with the
10358 largest lookahead set to be the default reduction and removes that
10359 lookahead set.
10360 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}.
10361
10362 @item Dynamic allocation
10363 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
10364 compile time or on entry to a function.
10365
10366 @item Empty string
10367 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
10368 character string of length zero.
10369
10370 @item Finite-state stack machine
10371 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
10372 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
10373 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
10374 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
10375 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
10376 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10377
10378 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
10379 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
10380 that are not @acronym{LR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
10381 deterministic parsing
10382 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
10383 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
10384 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
10385 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
10386
10387 @item Grouping
10388 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
10389 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
10390 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10391
10392 @item @acronym{IELR}(1)
10393 A minimal @acronym{LR}(1) parser table generation algorithm.
10394 That is, given any context-free grammar, @acronym{IELR}(1) generates
10395 parser tables with the full language recognition power of canonical
10396 @acronym{LR}(1) but with nearly the same number of parser states as
10397 @acronym{LALR}(1).
10398 This reduction in parser states is often an order of magnitude.
10399 More importantly, because canonical @acronym{LR}(1)'s extra parser
10400 states may contain duplicate conflicts in the case of
10401 non-@acronym{LR}(1) grammars, the number of conflicts for
10402 @acronym{IELR}(1) is often an order of magnitude less as well.
10403 This can significantly reduce the complexity of developing of a grammar.
10404 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}.
10405
10406 @item Infix operator
10407 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
10408 performs some operation.
10409
10410 @item Input stream
10411 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
10412
10413 @item Language construct
10414 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
10415 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
10416 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10417
10418 @item Left associativity
10419 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
10420 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
10421 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
10422
10423 @item Left recursion
10424 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
10425 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10426 Rules}.
10427
10428 @item Left-to-right parsing
10429 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
10430 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10431
10432 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
10433 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
10434 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
10435
10436 @item Lexical tie-in
10437 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
10438 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
10439
10440 @item Literal string token
10441 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
10442
10443 @item Lookahead token
10444 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
10445 Tokens}.
10446
10447 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
10448 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
10449 generators) can handle by default; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1).
10450 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
10451
10452 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
10453 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
10454 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
10455
10456 @item Nonterminal symbol
10457 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
10458 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
10459 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
10460
10461 @item Parser
10462 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
10463 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
10464 analyzer.
10465
10466 @item Postfix operator
10467 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
10468 performs some operation.
10469
10470 @item Reduction
10471 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
10472 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
10473 Parser Algorithm}.
10474
10475 @item Reentrant
10476 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
10477 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
10478 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
10479
10480 @item Reverse polish notation
10481 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
10482
10483 @item Right recursion
10484 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
10485 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10486 Rules}.
10487
10488 @item Semantics
10489 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
10490 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
10491 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
10492
10493 @item Shift
10494 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
10495 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
10496 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10497
10498 @item Single-character literal
10499 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
10500 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
10501
10502 @item Start symbol
10503 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
10504 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
10505 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
10506 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
10507
10508 @item Symbol table
10509 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
10510 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
10511 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
10512
10513 @item Syntax error
10514 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
10515 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10516
10517 @item Token
10518 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
10519 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
10520 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
10521 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
10522
10523 @item Terminal symbol
10524 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
10525 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
10526 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10527 @end table
10528
10529 @node Copying This Manual
10530 @appendix Copying This Manual
10531 @include fdl.texi
10532
10533 @node Index
10534 @unnumbered Index
10535
10536 @printindex cp
10537
10538 @bye
10539
10540 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
10541 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
10542 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
10543 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
10544 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
10545 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Expr ltcalc mfcalc yylex
10546 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
10547 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
10548 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
10549 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
10550 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
10551 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
10552 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
10553 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
10554 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
10555 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
10556 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
10557 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
10558 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
10559 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
10560 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
10561 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
10562 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
10563 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
10564 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
10565 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
10566 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
10567 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
10568 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex IELR